diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'po/zh_TW')
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po | 614 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/boot-new.po | 1807 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/install-methods.po | 397 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po | 98 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/post-install.po | 27 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/preparing.po | 642 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/random-bits.po | 1949 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po | 1407 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | po/zh_TW/welcome.po | 56 |
9 files changed, 3617 insertions, 3380 deletions
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po index 4b7590706..b3fdafe82 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/boot-installer.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:56+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -490,9 +490,9 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:274, index.docbook:780, index.docbook:1320, index.docbook:1813, index.docbook:1896, index.docbook:2236, index.docbook:2332 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:892 boot-installer.xml:1384 -#: boot-installer.xml:1889 boot-installer.xml:1971 boot-installer.xml:2311 -#: boot-installer.xml:2407 +#: boot-installer.xml:283 boot-installer.xml:890 boot-installer.xml:1381 +#: boot-installer.xml:1876 boot-installer.xml:1958 boot-installer.xml:2298 +#: boot-installer.xml:2394 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting with TFTP" msgstr "用 TFTP 開機" @@ -752,8 +752,8 @@ msgstr "從 TFTP 開機" # index.docbook:432, index.docbook:786, index.docbook:1338, index.docbook:1819, index.docbook:2242, index.docbook:2338 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:898 boot-installer.xml:1402 -#: boot-installer.xml:1895 boot-installer.xml:2317 boot-installer.xml:2413 +#: boot-installer.xml:441 boot-installer.xml:896 boot-installer.xml:1399 +#: boot-installer.xml:1882 boot-installer.xml:2304 boot-installer.xml:2400 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from the network requires that you have a network connection and a " @@ -764,8 +764,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:437, index.docbook:791, index.docbook:1343, index.docbook:1824, index.docbook:2247, index.docbook:2343 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:903 boot-installer.xml:1407 -#: boot-installer.xml:1900 boot-installer.xml:2322 boot-installer.xml:2418 +#: boot-installer.xml:446 boot-installer.xml:901 boot-installer.xml:1404 +#: boot-installer.xml:1887 boot-installer.xml:2309 boot-installer.xml:2405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Older systems such as the 715 might require the use of an RBOOT server " @@ -774,8 +774,8 @@ msgstr "較早的系統如 715 也許需要使用一台 RBOOT 伺服器來取代 # index.docbook:442, index.docbook:796, index.docbook:1348, index.docbook:1829, index.docbook:2252, index.docbook:2348 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:908 boot-installer.xml:1412 -#: boot-installer.xml:1905 boot-installer.xml:2327 boot-installer.xml:2423 +#: boot-installer.xml:451 boot-installer.xml:906 boot-installer.xml:1409 +#: boot-installer.xml:1892 boot-installer.xml:2314 boot-installer.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation method to support network booting is described in <xref " @@ -914,8 +914,8 @@ msgstr "從光碟開機" # index.docbook:531, index.docbook:584, index.docbook:957, index.docbook:1776, index.docbook:2024, index.docbook:2378 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:599 boot-installer.xml:1021 -#: boot-installer.xml:1852 boot-installer.xml:2099 boot-installer.xml:2453 +#: boot-installer.xml:546 boot-installer.xml:599 boot-installer.xml:1018 +#: boot-installer.xml:1839 boot-installer.xml:2086 boot-installer.xml:2440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The easiest route for most people will be to use a set of Debian CDs. If you " @@ -931,8 +931,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:542, index.docbook:595, index.docbook:968, index.docbook:1787, index.docbook:2035, index.docbook:2389 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:610 boot-installer.xml:1032 -#: boot-installer.xml:1863 boot-installer.xml:2110 boot-installer.xml:2464 +#: boot-installer.xml:557 boot-installer.xml:610 boot-installer.xml:1029 +#: boot-installer.xml:1850 boot-installer.xml:2097 boot-installer.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that certain CD drives may require special drivers, and thus be " @@ -947,8 +947,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:550, index.docbook:603, index.docbook:976, index.docbook:1795, index.docbook:2043, index.docbook:2397 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:618 boot-installer.xml:1040 -#: boot-installer.xml:1871 boot-installer.xml:2118 boot-installer.xml:2472 +#: boot-installer.xml:565 boot-installer.xml:618 boot-installer.xml:1037 +#: boot-installer.xml:1858 boot-installer.xml:2105 boot-installer.xml:2459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even if you cannot boot from CD-ROM, you can probably install the Debian " @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:558, index.docbook:611, index.docbook:984, index.docbook:1803, index.docbook:2051, index.docbook:2405 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:626 boot-installer.xml:1048 -#: boot-installer.xml:1879 boot-installer.xml:2126 boot-installer.xml:2480 +#: boot-installer.xml:573 boot-installer.xml:626 boot-installer.xml:1045 +#: boot-installer.xml:1866 boot-installer.xml:2113 boot-installer.xml:2467 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems booting, see <xref linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>." @@ -983,8 +983,8 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:578, index.docbook:951, index.docbook:1764, index.docbook:2018, index.docbook:2372 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:593 boot-installer.xml:1015 boot-installer.xml:1840 -#: boot-installer.xml:2093 boot-installer.xml:2447 +#: boot-installer.xml:593 boot-installer.xml:1012 boot-installer.xml:1827 +#: boot-installer.xml:2080 boot-installer.xml:2434 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a CD-ROM" msgstr "從光碟開機" @@ -1056,14 +1056,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: boot-installer.xml:777 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" " initrd=/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" " root=/dev/ram0\n" -" append=\"<phrase condition=\"sarge\">devfs=mount,dall </" -"phrase>ramdisk_size=12000\"" +" append=\"ramdisk_size=12000\"" msgstr "" "image=/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz\n" " label=newinstall\n" @@ -1089,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-installer.xml:786 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The procedure for <command>GRUB</command> is quite similar. Locate your " "<filename>menu.lst</filename> in the <filename>/boot/grub/</filename> " @@ -1098,9 +1097,7 @@ msgid "" "title New Install\n" "kernel (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/vmlinuz root=/dev/ram0 ramdisk_size=12000\n" "initrd (hd0,0)/boot/newinstall/initrd.gz\n" -"</screen></informalexample> and reboot. <phrase condition=\"sarge\">If the " -"boot fails, you can try adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to " -"the <quote>kernel</quote> line. </phrase>" +"</screen></informalexample> and reboot." msgstr "" "採用 <command>GRUB</command> 的設定過程也很相似。在 <filename>/boot/grub/</" "filename> 目錄下 (有時會是 <filename>/boot/boot/grub/</filename>) 找出您的 " @@ -1113,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:799 +#: boot-installer.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the value of the <userinput>ramdisk_size</userinput> may need to " @@ -1126,13 +1123,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:700, index.docbook:2176 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:810 +#: boot-installer.xml:808 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB Memory Stick" msgstr "從 USB 隨身碟開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:811 +#: boot-installer.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let's assume you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-" @@ -1147,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示符號。您可以輸入一些開機選項，或者只是按下 &enterkey;。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:820 +#: boot-installer.xml:818 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case your computer doesn't support booting from USB memory devices, you " @@ -1163,15 +1160,15 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:723, index.docbook:1876, index.docbook:2278, index.docbook:2426 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:833 boot-installer.xml:1952 boot-installer.xml:2353 -#: boot-installer.xml:2501 +#: boot-installer.xml:831 boot-installer.xml:1939 boot-installer.xml:2340 +#: boot-installer.xml:2488 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Floppies" msgstr "從軟碟開機" # index.docbook:724, index.docbook:2286 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:834 boot-installer.xml:2361 +#: boot-installer.xml:832 boot-installer.xml:2348 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will have already downloaded the floppy images you needed and created " @@ -1181,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"create-floppy\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:841 +#: boot-installer.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from the installer boot floppy, place it in the primary floppy " @@ -1191,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr "" "啟動。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:847 +#: boot-installer.xml:845 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing from an LS-120 drive (ATAPI version) with a set of floppies, " @@ -1209,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。從 LS-120 上安裝只為 2.4 及其以後版本的核心支援。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:858 +#: boot-installer.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that on some machines, <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap> <keycap>Alt</" @@ -1224,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" "否則，請用硬重開機的方法來開機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:867 +#: boot-installer.xml:865 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The floppy disk will be accessed, and you should then see a screen that " @@ -1234,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "</prompt> 提示符號。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:873 +#: boot-installer.xml:871 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you press &enterkey;, you should see the message " @@ -1250,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" "資訊，請參考 <xref linkend=\"kernel-msgs\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:882 +#: boot-installer.xml:880 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting from the boot floppy, the root floppy is requested. Insert the " @@ -1262,19 +1259,19 @@ msgstr "" "記憶體。安裝程式 <command>debian-installer</command> 會自動啟動。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:916 +#: boot-installer.xml:914 #, no-c-format msgid "There are various ways to do a TFTP boot on i386." msgstr "在 i386 架構上有很多方法用 TFTP 進行開機。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:922 +#: boot-installer.xml:920 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC or Motherboard that support PXE" msgstr "支援 PXE 的網卡或者主機板" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:923 +#: boot-installer.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card or Motherboard provides PXE " @@ -1287,13 +1284,13 @@ msgstr "" "BIOS 來用網路進行開機。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:934 +#: boot-installer.xml:932 #, no-c-format msgid "NIC with Network BootROM" msgstr "採用 Network BootROM 的網卡" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:935 +#: boot-installer.xml:933 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It could be that your Network Interface Card provides TFTP boot " @@ -1301,7 +1298,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您的網卡很有可能提供了 TFTP 開機功能。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:940 +#: boot-installer.xml:938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let us (<email>&email-debian-boot-list;</email>) know how did you manage it. " @@ -1311,13 +1308,13 @@ msgstr "" "件。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:948 +#: boot-installer.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "Etherboot" msgstr "Etherboot" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:949 +#: boot-installer.xml:947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <ulink url=\"http://www.etherboot.org\">etherboot project</ulink> " @@ -1328,13 +1325,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1943, index.docbook:2477 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:958 +#: boot-installer.xml:956 #, no-c-format msgid "The Boot Prompt" msgstr "開機提示" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:959 +#: boot-installer.xml:957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the installer boots, you should be presented with a friendly graphical " @@ -1352,16 +1349,15 @@ msgstr "" "項啟動安裝程式，或者輸入參數以指定您要使用的啟動方式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:971 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:969 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on available boot methods and on boot parameters which might be " -"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <phrase " -"condition=\"sarge\"><keycap>F7</keycap></phrase><phrase condition=\"etch" -"\"><keycap>F8</keycap></phrase>. If you add any parameters to the boot " -"command line, be sure to type the boot method (the default is " -"<userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space before the first parameter (e.g., " -"<userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</userinput>)." +"useful can be found by pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> through <keycap>F8</" +"keycap>. If you add any parameters to the boot command line, be sure to type " +"the boot method (the default is <userinput>linux</userinput>) and a space " +"before the first parameter (e.g., <userinput>linux debconf/priority=medium</" +"userinput>)." msgstr "" "有關開機參數的資訊可能會很有用。它可以透過 <keycap>F3</keycap> 到 <phrase " "condition=\"sarge\"><keycap>F7</keycap></phrase><phrase condition=\"etch" @@ -1371,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "&enterkey;，這等同於輸入 <userinput>linux</userinput> 不附帶任何參數。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:981 +#: boot-installer.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing the system via a remote management device that " @@ -1402,13 +1398,13 @@ msgstr "" "framebuffer=false</userinput> 到啟動參數中，如同說明文字中描述的。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1056 +#: boot-installer.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "CD Contents" msgstr "光碟的內容" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1058 +#: boot-installer.xml:1055 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are three basic variations of Debian Install CDs. The " @@ -1429,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "具有各種範圍軟體套件的完全系統。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1074 +#: boot-installer.xml:1071 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IA-64 architecture uses the next generation Extensible Firmware " @@ -1452,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" "者開機塊記錄。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1090 +#: boot-installer.xml:1087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer CD contains a small EFI partition where the " @@ -1467,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "出，描述如下。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1099 +#: boot-installer.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most of the details of how <command>ELILO</command> actually loads and " @@ -1486,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "分割步驟也會在繼續安裝步驟前檢查 EFI 分割區是否合適。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1111 +#: boot-installer.xml:1108 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager is presented as the last step of the firmware " @@ -1506,13 +1502,13 @@ msgstr "" "用第一個，當然，若該選項不可用或者 CD 由於某種原因沒法啟動，使用第二個。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1130 +#: boot-installer.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "IMPORTANT" msgstr "重要" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1131 +#: boot-installer.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI Boot Manager will select a default boot action, typically the first " @@ -1529,13 +1525,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 以返回 Boot Manager。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1143 +#: boot-installer.xml:1140 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 1: Booting from the Boot Option Maintenance Menu" msgstr "選項 1: 從 Boot Option Maintenance Menu 啟動" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1150 +#: boot-installer.xml:1147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " @@ -1546,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager 頁面和選單。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1156 +#: boot-installer.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>Boot Maintenance Menu</command> from the menu with the arrow " @@ -1556,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ENTER</command>。會顯示一個新選單。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1162 +#: boot-installer.xml:1159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>Boot From a File</command> from the menu with the arrow keys " @@ -1572,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>標籤。如果您檢查選單行其他部分，會看到對應的設備和控制器資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1173 +#: boot-installer.xml:1170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can choose either of the entries that refer to the CD/DVD drive. Select " @@ -1588,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "光碟目錄列表，要求您進行 (額外的) 下一步。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1184 +#: boot-installer.xml:1181 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will only need this step if you chose <command>Debian Inst [Acpi ...</" @@ -1602,7 +1598,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵選擇，並按下 <command>ENTER</command>。這將進入啟動步驟。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1196 +#: boot-installer.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "These steps start the Debian boot loader which will display a menu page for " @@ -1613,13 +1609,13 @@ msgstr "" "選擇啟動核心和選項。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1206 +#: boot-installer.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "Option 2: Booting from the EFI Shell" msgstr "選項 2: 從 EFI Shell 啟動" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1207 +#: boot-installer.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If, for some reason, option 1 is not successful, reboot the machine and when " @@ -1632,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "來啟動 Debian 安裝程式：" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1218 +#: boot-installer.xml:1215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Insert the CD in the DVD/CD drive and reboot the machine. The firmware will " @@ -1643,7 +1639,7 @@ msgstr "" "頁和選單。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1224 +#: boot-installer.xml:1221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select <command>EFI Shell</command> from the menu with the arrow keys and " @@ -1663,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" "插入光碟，這將花費一些時間以初始化光碟機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1238 +#: boot-installer.xml:1235 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Examine the output from the shell looking for the CDROM drive. It is most " @@ -1676,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1245 +#: boot-installer.xml:1242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter <command>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:</command> and press " @@ -1689,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "的分割區號。介殼將在提示符號下顯示分割區號。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1252 +#: boot-installer.xml:1249 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter <command>elilo</command> and press <command>ENTER</command>. This will " @@ -1699,7 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "驟。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1259 +#: boot-installer.xml:1256 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As with option 1, these steps start the Debian boot loader which will " @@ -1713,13 +1709,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</command>簡短指令。進入選擇啟動核心和選項。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1273 +#: boot-installer.xml:1270 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing using a Serial Console" msgstr "使用序列埠控制台安裝" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1275 +#: boot-installer.xml:1272 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may choose to perform an install using a monitor and keyboard or using a " @@ -1736,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable> 是序列連接速度。選單項裡有大多數常見鮑率的 ttyS0 設備都有預設。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1286 +#: boot-installer.xml:1283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most circumstances, you will want the installer to use the same baud rate " @@ -1748,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以在 EFI shell 透過 <command>baud</command> 指令取得。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1293 +#: boot-installer.xml:1290 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If there is not an option available that is configured for the serial device " @@ -1762,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 到 <classname>Boot:</classname> 文字視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1304 +#: boot-installer.xml:1301 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most IA-64 boxes ship with a default console setting of 9600 baud. This " @@ -1778,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "導。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1313 +#: boot-installer.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select the wrong console type, you will be able to select the kernel " @@ -1790,13 +1786,13 @@ msgstr "" "核啟動後死掉，只有重新啟動才能開始安裝。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1322 +#: boot-installer.xml:1319 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting the Boot Kernel and Options" msgstr "選擇啟動核心與選項" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1324 +#: boot-installer.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader will display a form with a menu list and a text window with " @@ -1813,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>Params</classname>視窗解釋命令列參數。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1336 +#: boot-installer.xml:1333 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Consult the <classname>General</classname> help screen for the description " @@ -1833,7 +1829,7 @@ msgstr "" "始安裝：" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1354 +#: boot-installer.xml:1351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the kernel version and installation mode most appropriate to your " @@ -1841,7 +1837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用方向鍵選擇您需要的核心版本和適合的安裝模式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1359 +#: boot-installer.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Enter any boot parameters by typing at the keyboard. The text will be " @@ -1852,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "列控制台) 指定的。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1366 +#: boot-installer.xml:1363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Press <command>ENTER</command>. This will load and start the kernel. The " @@ -1863,7 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "" "個螢幕顯示常規的初始化資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1375 +#: boot-installer.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " @@ -1871,7 +1867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "進入到下一章繼續安裝本地語言，網路和磁碟分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1386 +#: boot-installer.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting an IA64 system from the network is similar to a CD boot. The only " @@ -1886,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" "統的安裝將和光碟安裝步驟相同，只是基本軟體套件將從網路裝入而不是光碟機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1420 +#: boot-installer.xml:1417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Network booting an ia64 system requires two architecture-specific actions. " @@ -1899,13 +1895,13 @@ msgstr "" "Manager 定義新的開機選項來啟動網路網路以下載核心。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1431 +#: boot-installer.xml:1428 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Server" msgstr "配置網路伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1432 +#: boot-installer.xml:1429 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A suitable TFTP entry for network booting an ia64 system looks something " @@ -1929,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "" "戶端運行。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1442 +#: boot-installer.xml:1439 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Extract the <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> file into the directory used " @@ -1944,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" "它包括 IA-64 系統需要的開機檔案。" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# cd /var/lib/tftp\n" @@ -1962,7 +1958,7 @@ msgstr "" "[...]" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1452 +#: boot-installer.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>netboot.tar.gz</filename> contains an <filename>elilo.conf</" @@ -1982,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "細節。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1469 +#: boot-installer.xml:1466 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Client" msgstr "配置客戶端" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1470 +#: boot-installer.xml:1467 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure the client to support TFTP booting, start by booting to EFI and " @@ -2016,7 +2012,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1502 +#: boot-installer.xml:1499 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader will display its prompt after it has downloaded and " @@ -2030,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "開機選項，它將開始 Debian 安裝程式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1511 +#: boot-installer.xml:1508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Proceed to the next chapter to continue the installation where you will set " @@ -2038,13 +2034,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "下一章將繼續安裝過程，在那裡您將設定語言區域，網路以及磁碟分割區。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1524 +#: boot-installer.xml:1521 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing an Installation Method" msgstr "選擇安裝方法" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1526 +#: boot-installer.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; subarchs have the option of booting using either a 2.4.x " @@ -2058,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "體， 因為 2.2.x 支援需要固定大小的 ramdisk 而 2.4.x 使用 tmpfs。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1534 +#: boot-installer.xml:1531 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you need to use the " @@ -2066,22 +2062,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 核心，也許需要設定 &ramdisksize;。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1541 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Also, if you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you must make sure you are " -"using a ramdisk built to accommodate it, see the <ulink url=\"&disturl;/main/" -"installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink>. In " -"general, this means you need to use the initrd22.gz ramdisk from the " -"respective directory." -msgstr "" -"如果您使用 2.2.x linux 核心，那麼必須確保 ramdisk 滿足要求，請參閱 <ulink " -"url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" -"\">MANIFEST</ulink>。您還需要使用 &ramdisksize; 核心參數。通常，這意味著您需" -"要使用相同目錄下的 initrd22.gz ramdisk。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1549 +#: boot-installer.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> is one of your kernel " @@ -2089,7 +2070,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "確保 <userinput>root=/dev/ram</userinput> 使用您要用的核心。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1554 +#: boot-installer.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you're having trouble, check <ulink url=\"&url-m68k-cts-faq;\">cts's " @@ -2099,13 +2080,13 @@ msgstr "" "debian-installer 常見問答集</ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1571 +#: boot-installer.xml:1558 #, no-c-format msgid "Amiga" msgstr "Amiga" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1572 +#: boot-installer.xml:1559 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to amiga is the hard drive (see " @@ -2116,7 +2097,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>也就是說光碟機無法開機</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1578 +#: boot-installer.xml:1565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Amiga does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " @@ -2127,13 +2108,13 @@ msgstr "" "數 <userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1587 +#: boot-installer.xml:1574 #, no-c-format msgid "Atari" msgstr "Atari" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1588 +#: boot-installer.xml:1575 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for atari may be started from either the hard drive (see <xref " @@ -2145,7 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" "機</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1595 +#: boot-installer.xml:1582 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari does not currently work with bogl, so if you are seeing bogl errors, " @@ -2156,13 +2137,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>debian-installer/framebuffer=false</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1604 +#: boot-installer.xml:1591 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME6000" msgstr "BVME6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1605 +#: boot-installer.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for BVME6000 may be started from a cdrom (see <xref linkend=" @@ -2174,13 +2155,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-tftp\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1615 +#: boot-installer.xml:1602 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh" msgstr "Macintosh" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1616 +#: boot-installer.xml:1603 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to mac is from the hard drive (see " @@ -2191,7 +2172,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>也就是說光碟無法開機</emphasis>。Macs 不能工作在 2.4 核心上。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1623 +#: boot-installer.xml:1610 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If your hardware uses a 53c9x-based scsi bus, then you may need to include " @@ -2208,13 +2189,13 @@ msgstr "" "950，您需要使用 <userinput>mac53c9x=2</userinput> 參數。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1638 +#: boot-installer.xml:1625 #, no-c-format msgid "MVME147 and MVME16x" msgstr "MVME147 和 MVME16x" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1639 +#: boot-installer.xml:1626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer for MVME147 and MVME16x may be started from either floppies " @@ -2227,13 +2208,13 @@ msgstr "" "開機</emphasis>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1649 +#: boot-installer.xml:1636 #, no-c-format msgid "Q40/Q60" msgstr "Q40/Q60" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1650 +#: boot-installer.xml:1637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The only method of installation available to Q40/Q60 is from the hard drive " @@ -2244,14 +2225,14 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>也就是說光碟機無法啟動。</emphasis>" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1661 +#: boot-installer.xml:1648 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from a Hard Disk" msgstr "從硬碟開機" # index.docbook:1591, index.docbook:2097 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1667 boot-installer.xml:2172 +#: boot-installer.xml:1654 boot-installer.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from an existing operating system is often a convenient option; for " @@ -2262,7 +2243,7 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1597, index.docbook:2103 #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1673 boot-installer.xml:2178 +#: boot-installer.xml:1660 boot-installer.xml:2165 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot the installer from hard disk, you will have already completed " @@ -2273,7 +2254,7 @@ msgstr "" "> 處下載並且在 <xref linkend=\"boot-drive-files\"/> 安置了所需檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1682 +#: boot-installer.xml:1669 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At least six different ramdisks may be used to boot from the hard drive, " @@ -2286,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" "&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST\">MANIFEST</ulink> 以瞭解更多細節)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1690 +#: boot-installer.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The three different types of ramdisks are <filename>cdrom</filename>, " @@ -2304,13 +2285,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>nativehd</filename> ramdisk 使用網路安裝軟體套件。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1711 +#: boot-installer.xml:1698 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from AmigaOS" msgstr "從 AmigaOS 上開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1712 +#: boot-installer.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the <command>Workbench</command>, start the Linux installation process by " @@ -2321,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "" "來啟動 Linux 安裝過程，它位於 <filename>debian</filename> 目錄中。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1718 +#: boot-installer.xml:1705 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to press the &enterkey; key twice after the Amiga installer " @@ -2339,13 +2320,13 @@ msgstr "" "動安裝，因此您可以繼續參閱 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1733 +#: boot-installer.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Atari TOS" msgstr "從 Atari TOS 開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1734 +#: boot-installer.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At the GEM desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-clicking " @@ -2358,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> 來開始啟動安裝過程。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1741 +#: boot-installer.xml:1728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to press the &enterkey; key after the Atari bootstrap program " @@ -2375,13 +2356,13 @@ msgstr "" "安裝，因此您可以繼續參閱 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1756 +#: boot-installer.xml:1743 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from MacOS" msgstr "從 MacOS 開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1757 +#: boot-installer.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You must retain the original Mac system and boot from it. It is " @@ -2399,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "" "心參數隨機出錯。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1768 +#: boot-installer.xml:1755 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Macs require the <command>Penguin</command> bootloader. If you do not have " @@ -2413,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "將該映像複製到軟碟。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1777 +#: boot-installer.xml:1764 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At the MacOS desktop, start the Linux installation process by double-" @@ -2435,7 +2416,7 @@ msgstr "" "框中選擇檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1792 +#: boot-installer.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To set the boot parameters in Penguin, choose <guimenu>File</guimenu> -> " @@ -2451,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenu>File</guimenu> -> <guimenuitem>儲存設定為預設</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1801 +#: boot-installer.xml:1788 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Close the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> dialog, save the settings and start " @@ -2462,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> 選單的 <guimenuitem>Boot Now</guimenuitem> 選項開機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1808 +#: boot-installer.xml:1795 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>Penguin</command> booter will output some debugging information " @@ -2479,19 +2460,19 @@ msgstr "" "面步驟繼續 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1823 +#: boot-installer.xml:1810 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Q40/Q60" msgstr "從 Q40/Q60 啟動" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1825 +#: boot-installer.xml:1812 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME" msgstr "FIXME" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1829 +#: boot-installer.xml:1816 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation program should start automatically, so you can continue " @@ -2500,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝程式就會自動執行，您可以按下面步驟繼續 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1841 +#: boot-installer.xml:1828 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitecture that supports CD-ROM " @@ -2508,7 +2489,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "目前唯一 &arch-title; 子架構支援光碟開機的是 BVME6000。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1913 +#: boot-installer.xml:1900 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting the VMEbus systems you will be presented with the LILO " @@ -2521,25 +2502,25 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1924 +#: boot-installer.xml:1911 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> to install a BVME4000/6000" msgstr "輸入 <screen>i6000 &enterkey;</screen> 來安裝 BVME4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1929 +#: boot-installer.xml:1916 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME162" msgstr "輸入 <screen>i162 &enterkey;</screen> 來安裝 MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1934 +#: boot-installer.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "type <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> to install an MVME166/167" msgstr "輸入 <screen>i167 &enterkey;</screen> 來安裝 MVME166/167" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1941 +#: boot-installer.xml:1928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may additionally append the string <screen>TERM=vt100</screen> to use " @@ -2549,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "" "<screen>i6000 TERM=vt100 &enterkey;</screen>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1953 +#: boot-installer.xml:1940 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For most &arch-title; architectures, booting from a local filesystem is the " @@ -2557,7 +2538,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "對於大多數 m68k 架構來說，推薦方法是從一個本地檔案系統開機安裝程式。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1958 +#: boot-installer.xml:1945 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from the boot floppy is supported only for Atari and VME (with a " @@ -2566,13 +2547,13 @@ msgstr "從軟碟開機的方法目前只支援 Atari 以及 VME (VME 有一個 # index.docbook:1899, index.docbook:1946 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1974 boot-installer.xml:2021 +#: boot-installer.xml:1961 boot-installer.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI Indy 透過 TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1975 +#: boot-installer.xml:1962 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After entering the command monitor use <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2594,13 +2575,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1919, index.docbook:1968 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:1994 boot-installer.xml:2043 +#: boot-installer.xml:1981 boot-installer.xml:2030 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP 的啟動" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:1995 +#: boot-installer.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the Broadcom BCM91250A evaluation board, you have to load the SiByl boot " @@ -2629,13 +2610,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1943, index.docbook:2477 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2018 boot-installer.xml:2552 +#: boot-installer.xml:2005 boot-installer.xml:2539 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Parameters" msgstr "開機參數" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2022 +#: boot-installer.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI Indys you can append boot parameters to the <command>bootp():</" @@ -2645,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" "機參數。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2027 +#: boot-installer.xml:2014 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Following the <command>bootp():</command> command you can give the path and " @@ -2663,13 +2644,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>:" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2037 +#: boot-installer.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" msgstr "bootp(): append=\"root=/dev/sda1\"" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2044 +#: boot-installer.xml:2031 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You cannot pass any boot parameters directly from the CFE prompt. Instead, " @@ -2682,13 +2663,13 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable> 變數。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2061 +#: boot-installer.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Limitations" msgstr "s390 的限制" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2062 +#: boot-installer.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to run the installation system a working network setup and ssh " @@ -2696,7 +2677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "為了在 S/390 上安裝系統，需要網路來和 ssh 連線。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2067 +#: boot-installer.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The booting process starts with a network setup that prompts you for several " @@ -2707,13 +2688,13 @@ msgstr "" "線登錄進入系統，並且開始標準系統安裝。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2078 +#: boot-installer.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "s390 Boot Parameters" msgstr "s390 開機參數" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2079 +#: boot-installer.xml:2066 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On S/390 you can append boot parameters in the parm file. This file can " @@ -2726,7 +2707,7 @@ msgstr "" "令</ulink> 來取得更多有關 S/390 特定的開機參數。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2133 +#: boot-installer.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently, the only &arch-title; subarchitectures that support CD-ROM " @@ -2741,7 +2722,7 @@ msgstr "" "和 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2142 +#: boot-installer.xml:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OldWorld PowerMacs will not boot a Debian CD, because OldWorld computers " @@ -2756,7 +2737,7 @@ msgstr "" "上選擇所需要的文件。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2151 +#: boot-installer.xml:2138 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system doesn't boot directly from CD-ROM, you can still use the CD-" @@ -2771,37 +2752,37 @@ msgstr "" "法從硬碟來進行開機，例如：" #. Tag: screen -#: boot-installer.xml:2160 +#: boot-installer.xml:2147 #, no-c-format msgid "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" msgstr "0 > boot cd:,\\install\\yaboot" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2166 +#: boot-installer.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from Hard Disk" msgstr "從硬碟開機" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2187 +#: boot-installer.xml:2174 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting CHRP from OpenFirmware" msgstr "從 OpenFirmware 開機 CHRP" #. Tag: emphasis -#: boot-installer.xml:2191 +#: boot-installer.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "Not yet written." msgstr "還沒有完成" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2196 +#: boot-installer.xml:2183 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting OldWorld PowerMacs from MacOS" msgstr "從 OldWorld PowerMacs 的 MacOS 上開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2197 +#: boot-installer.xml:2184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you set up BootX in <xref linkend=\"files-oldworld\"/>, you can use it to " @@ -2822,13 +2803,13 @@ msgstr "" "序。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2215 +#: boot-installer.xml:2202 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting NewWorld Macs from OpenFirmware" msgstr "從 NewWorld Macs 的 OpenFirmware 開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2216 +#: boot-installer.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will have already placed the <filename>vmlinux</filename>, " @@ -2874,19 +2855,19 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:700, index.docbook:2176 #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2251 +#: boot-installer.xml:2238 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting from USB memory stick" msgstr "從 USB 隨身碟開機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2252 +#: boot-installer.xml:2239 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, NewWorld PowerMac systems are known to support USB booting." msgstr "目前，New World PowerMac 系統支援從 USB 開機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2258 +#: boot-installer.xml:2245 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure you have prepared everything from <xref linkend=\"boot-usb-files\"/" @@ -2905,7 +2886,7 @@ msgstr "" "openfirmware\"/>)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2270 +#: boot-installer.xml:2257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will need to work out where the USB storage device appears in the device " @@ -2926,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr "" "disk@1</filename> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2282 +#: boot-installer.xml:2269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Having worked out the device path, use a command like this to boot the " @@ -2950,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2296 +#: boot-installer.xml:2283 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system should now boot up, and you should be presented with the " @@ -2961,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" "入啟動參數，或者只按下 &enterkey;。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2302 +#: boot-installer.xml:2289 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot method is new, and may be difficult to get to work on some " @@ -2972,13 +2953,13 @@ msgstr "" "下安裝報告，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2335 +#: boot-installer.xml:2322 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently, PReP and New World PowerMac systems support netbooting." msgstr "目前來說，PReP 以及 New World PowerMac 系統支援網路開機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2339 +#: boot-installer.xml:2326 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On machines with Open Firmware, such as NewWorld Power Macs, enter the boot " @@ -2996,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2354 +#: boot-installer.xml:2341 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Booting from floppies is supported for &arch-title;, although it is " @@ -3008,7 +2989,7 @@ msgstr "" "沒有安裝軟碟機，而且加裝的 USB 軟碟並不支援開機。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2366 +#: boot-installer.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from the <filename>boot-floppy-hfs.img</filename> floppy, place it " @@ -3019,7 +3000,7 @@ msgstr "" "按下電源開關前把它放到軟碟機內。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2372 +#: boot-installer.xml:2359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For those not familiar with Macintosh floppy operations: a floppy placed in " @@ -3031,7 +3012,7 @@ msgstr "" "順序。一個沒有有效開機系統的軟碟將會被退出，並且機器將檢查硬碟分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2379 +#: boot-installer.xml:2366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After booting, the <filename>root.bin</filename> floppy is requested. Insert " @@ -3042,13 +3023,13 @@ msgstr "" "&enterkey;。安裝程式將在根系統被裝入記憶體後自動啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2390 +#: boot-installer.xml:2377 #, no-c-format msgid "PowerPC Boot Parameters" msgstr "PowerPC 開機參數" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2391 +#: boot-installer.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many older Apple monitors used a 640x480 67Hz mode. If your video appears " @@ -3063,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "128 來說，請改變其值為 <userinput>video=aty128fb:vmode:6</userinput> 。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2431 +#: boot-installer.xml:2418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On machines with OpenBoot, simply enter the boot monitor on the machine " @@ -3082,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>﹔這些可能不支援 DHCP。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2487 +#: boot-installer.xml:2474 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most OpenBoot versions support the <userinput>boot cdrom</userinput> command " @@ -3099,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "有些問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2502 +#: boot-installer.xml:2489 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from floppy on a Sparc, use <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3119,7 +3100,7 @@ msgstr "" "支援磁碟上找到的壓縮映像，所以這些都不被支援。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2514 +#: boot-installer.xml:2501 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several Sparcs (e.g. Ultra 10) have an OBP bug that prevents them from " @@ -3132,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"http://sunsolve.sun.com\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2521 +#: boot-installer.xml:2508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting from the floppy, and you see messages such as " @@ -3148,13 +3129,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 那麼您的機器很可能不支援軟碟開機。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2533 +#: boot-installer.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "IDPROM Messages" msgstr "IDPROM 訊息" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2534 +#: boot-installer.xml:2521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot boot because you get messages about a problem with " @@ -3168,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" "nvram-faq;\">Sun NVRAM 常見問答集</ulink> 以取得更多資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2553 +#: boot-installer.xml:2540 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot parameters are Linux kernel parameters which are generally used to make " @@ -3181,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr "" "要給核心一點小小的幫助。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2560 +#: boot-installer.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If this is the first time you're booting the system, try the default boot " @@ -3194,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統什麼樣的特定參數。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2567 +#: boot-installer.xml:2554 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on many boot parameters can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://" @@ -3209,7 +3190,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-troubleshooting\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2576 +#: boot-installer.xml:2563 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When the kernel boots, a message <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -3236,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "" "和 <userinput>mem=64m</userinput> 表示 64MB 記憶體。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2592 +#: boot-installer.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with a serial console, generally the kernel will " @@ -3255,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>ttyS0</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2605 +#: boot-installer.xml:2592 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For &arch-title; the serial devices are <filename>ttya</filename> or " @@ -3268,41 +3249,41 @@ msgstr "" "<envar>output-device</envar> OpenPROM 變數至 <filename>ttya</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2616 +#: boot-installer.xml:2603 #, no-c-format msgid "Debian Installer Parameters" msgstr "Debian 安裝程式的參數" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2617 +#: boot-installer.xml:2604 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation system recognizes a few additional boot " "parameters<footnote> <para> Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 " "command line options and 8 environment options (including any options added " "by default for the installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels " -"will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. <phrase condition=" -"\"etch\">With kernel 2.6.9 or newer, you can use 32 command line options and " -"32 environment options.</phrase> </para> </footnote> which may be useful." +"will drop any excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 " +"or newer, you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options. </" +"para> </footnote> which may be useful." msgstr "" "安裝系統確認一些附加的開機參數 <footnote> <para> 注意，核心最多可以接受 8 個" "命令列參數和 8 個環境變數選項 (包括安裝程式預設使用的選項)。 如果超出，2.4 內" "核會忽略過多的選項，2.6 核心則會當機。</para> </footnote>，也許比較有用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2638 +#: boot-installer.xml:2624 #, no-c-format msgid "debconf/priority" msgstr "debconf/priority" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2639 +#: boot-installer.xml:2625 #, no-c-format msgid "This parameter sets the lowest priority of messages to be displayed." msgstr "這些參數將顯示資訊設定為最低的級別。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2643 +#: boot-installer.xml:2629 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The default installation uses <userinput>debconf/priority=high</userinput>. " @@ -3315,7 +3296,7 @@ msgstr "" "程式將按照要求調整優先級別。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2650 +#: boot-installer.xml:2636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you add <userinput>debconf/priority=medium</userinput> as boot parameter, " @@ -3333,13 +3314,13 @@ msgstr "" "安裝系統只會顯示至關重要的資訊，並且嘗試正確無誤地執行各項事宜。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2664 +#: boot-installer.xml:2650 #, no-c-format msgid "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" msgstr "DEBIAN_FRONTEND" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2665 +#: boot-installer.xml:2651 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This boot parameter controls the type of user interface used for the " @@ -3378,13 +3359,13 @@ msgstr "" "用。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2701 +#: boot-installer.xml:2687 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2702 +#: boot-installer.xml:2688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Setting this boot parameter to 2 will cause the installer's boot process to " @@ -3396,49 +3377,49 @@ msgstr "" "除錯介殼在決定性的時間點上能被使用。 (離開介殼後將繼續安裝程序。)" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2711 +#: boot-installer.xml:2697 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=0" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=0" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2712 +#: boot-installer.xml:2698 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the default." msgstr "此為預設。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2716 +#: boot-installer.xml:2702 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=1" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=1" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2717 +#: boot-installer.xml:2703 #, no-c-format msgid "More verbose than usual." msgstr "更多的資訊。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2721 +#: boot-installer.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=2" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=2" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2722 +#: boot-installer.xml:2708 #, no-c-format msgid "Lots of debugging information." msgstr "大量的除錯資訊。" #. Tag: userinput -#: boot-installer.xml:2726 +#: boot-installer.xml:2712 #, no-c-format msgid "BOOT_DEBUG=3" msgstr "BOOT_DEBUG=3" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2727 +#: boot-installer.xml:2713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shells are run at various points in the boot process to allow detailed " @@ -3448,13 +3429,13 @@ msgstr "" "程。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2741 +#: boot-installer.xml:2727 #, no-c-format msgid "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" msgstr "INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2742 +#: boot-installer.xml:2728 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The value of the parameter is the path to the device to load the Debian " @@ -3465,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>INSTALL_MEDIA_DEV=/dev/floppy/0</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2748 +#: boot-installer.xml:2734 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy, which normally scans all floppies and USB storage devices " @@ -3476,13 +3457,13 @@ msgstr "" "只查找一個設備。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2758 +#: boot-installer.xml:2744 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/framebuffer" msgstr "debian-installer/framebuffer" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2759 +#: boot-installer.xml:2745 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some architectures use the kernel framebuffer to offer installation in a " @@ -3498,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" "空白的螢幕，或者在開始安裝的時候停止幾分鐘。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2768 +#: boot-installer.xml:2754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <userinput>video=vga16:off</userinput> argument may also be used to " @@ -3509,19 +3490,19 @@ msgstr "" "題的報告原於使用 Mobile Radeon 卡的 Dell Inspiron 上。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2774 +#: boot-installer.xml:2760 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on the Amiga 1200 and SE/30." msgstr "在 Amiga 1200 and SE/30 上面也有報告指出這方面的問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2778 +#: boot-installer.xml:2764 #, no-c-format msgid "Such problems have been reported on hppa." msgstr "在 hppa 上面報告過存在這些問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2782 +#: boot-installer.xml:2768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because of display problems on some systems, framebuffer support is " @@ -3538,13 +3519,13 @@ msgstr "" "installer/framebuffer=true</userinput>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2795 +#: boot-installer.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "debian-installer/probe/usb" msgstr "debian-installer/probe/usb" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2796 +#: boot-installer.xml:2782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent probing for USB on boot, if " @@ -3554,13 +3535,13 @@ msgstr "" "所引起的問題。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2805 +#: boot-installer.xml:2791 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg/disable_dhcp" msgstr "netcfg/disable_dhcp" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2806 +#: boot-installer.xml:2792 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, the &d-i; automatically probes for network configuration via " @@ -3572,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr "" "且改變其取得的設定。您可以在 DHCP 檢測失敗的情況下手動配置網路。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2813 +#: boot-installer.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a DHCP server on your local network, but want to avoid it " @@ -3585,13 +3566,13 @@ msgstr "" "DHCP 來設定網路並且手動輸入參數。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2824 +#: boot-installer.xml:2810 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" msgstr "hw-detect/start_pcmcia" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2825 +#: boot-installer.xml:2811 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to prevent starting PCMCIA services, if " @@ -3601,13 +3582,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。有些筆記型電腦對此會有錯誤的行為。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2835 +#: boot-installer.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/url" msgstr "preseed/url" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2836 +#: boot-installer.xml:2822 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the url to a preconfiguration file to download and use in automating " @@ -3617,13 +3598,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2845 +#: boot-installer.xml:2831 #, no-c-format msgid "preseed/file" msgstr "preseed/file" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2846 +#: boot-installer.xml:2832 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Specify the path to a preconfiguration file to load to automating the " @@ -3633,13 +3614,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2855 +#: boot-installer.xml:2841 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect/eject" msgstr "cdrom-detect/eject" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2856 +#: boot-installer.xml:2842 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, before rebooting, &d-i; automatically ejects the optical media " @@ -3655,7 +3636,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟機不能自動重新掛載媒介。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2865 +#: boot-installer.xml:2851 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>false</userinput> to disable automatic ejection, and be " @@ -3666,25 +3647,25 @@ msgstr "" "後，不會自動從光碟開機。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2876 +#: boot-installer.xml:2862 #, no-c-format msgid "ramdisk_size" msgstr "ramdisk_size" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2877 +#: boot-installer.xml:2863 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are using a 2.2.x kernel, you may need to set &ramdisksize;." msgstr "如果您在使用 2.2.x 核心，也許需要設定 &ramdisksize;。" #. Tag: term -#: boot-installer.xml:2885 +#: boot-installer.xml:2871 #, no-c-format msgid "rescue/enable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2886 +#: boot-installer.xml:2872 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set to <userinput>true</userinput> to enter rescue mode rather than " @@ -3692,19 +3673,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2904 +#: boot-installer.xml:2890 #, no-c-format msgid "Troubleshooting the Installation Process" msgstr "安裝過程中的障礙排除" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2909 +#: boot-installer.xml:2895 #, no-c-format msgid "Floppy Disk Reliability" msgstr "軟碟的可靠性" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2911 +#: boot-installer.xml:2897 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The biggest problem for people using floppy disks to install Debian seems to " @@ -3713,7 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "" "對於第一次安裝 Debian 的人來說，他們遇到的最大的問題很可能是軟碟的可靠性。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2916 +#: boot-installer.xml:2902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot floppy is the floppy with the worst problems, because it is read by " @@ -3729,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "有關的 I/O 錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2925 +#: boot-installer.xml:2911 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are having the installation stall at a particular floppy, the first " @@ -3744,7 +3725,7 @@ msgstr "" "的話甚至要在別的統上重寫這些軟碟。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2935 +#: boot-installer.xml:2921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One user reports he had to write the images to floppy <emphasis>three</" @@ -3755,7 +3736,7 @@ msgstr "" "軟碟才算工作良好。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2941 +#: boot-installer.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other users have reported that simply rebooting a few times with the same " @@ -3766,13 +3747,13 @@ msgstr "" "為 硬體或者有缺陷的韌體軟碟驅動程式造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2950 +#: boot-installer.xml:2936 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Configuration" msgstr "開機設定" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2952 +#: boot-installer.xml:2938 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems and the kernel hangs during the boot process, doesn't " @@ -3785,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2959 +#: boot-installer.xml:2945 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting with your own kernel instead of the one supplied with the " @@ -3797,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>CONFIG_DEVFS</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2966 +#: boot-installer.xml:2952 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often, problems can be solved by removing add-ons and peripherals, and then " @@ -3809,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" "</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2972 +#: boot-installer.xml:2958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a large amount of memory installed in your machine, more than " @@ -3822,13 +3803,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>mem=512m</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:2983 +#: boot-installer.xml:2969 #, no-c-format msgid "Common &arch-title; Installation Problems" msgstr "常見的 &arch-title; 安裝問題" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2984 +#: boot-installer.xml:2970 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are some common installation problems that can be solved or avoided by " @@ -3836,7 +3817,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "傳入某些啟動參數可以解決或避免一些常見的安裝問題。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2989 +#: boot-installer.xml:2975 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some systems have floppies with <quote>inverted DCLs</quote>. If you receive " @@ -3847,7 +3828,7 @@ msgstr "" "以確定軟碟是好的，嘗試參數 <userinput>floppy=thinkpad</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:2995 +#: boot-installer.xml:2981 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On some systems, such as the IBM PS/1 or ValuePoint (which have ST-506 disk " @@ -3865,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>,<replaceable>sectors</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3004 +#: boot-installer.xml:2990 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a very old machine, and the kernel hangs after saying " @@ -3878,7 +3859,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 參數來取消這個測試。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3011 +#: boot-installer.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your screen begins to show a weird picture while the kernel boots, eg. " @@ -3898,13 +3879,13 @@ msgstr "" "parms\"/> 來取得細節資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3026 +#: boot-installer.xml:3012 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze During the PCMCIA Configuration Phase" msgstr "在 PCMCIA 段系統當機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3027 +#: boot-installer.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some laptop models produced by Dell are known to crash when PCMCIA device " @@ -3922,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "能引起問題的資源範圍。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3037 +#: boot-installer.xml:3023 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, you can boot the installer in expert mode. You will then be " @@ -3942,13 +3923,13 @@ msgstr "" "些有問題的資源範圍選項。注意在安裝程式中，輸入這些值的時候必須忽略逗號。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3054 +#: boot-installer.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "System Freeze while Loading the USB Modules" msgstr "在裝入 USB 模組時系統當機" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3055 +#: boot-installer.xml:3041 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The kernel normally tries to install USB modules and the USB keyboard driver " @@ -3966,13 +3947,13 @@ msgstr "" "模組。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3069 +#: boot-installer.xml:3055 #, no-c-format msgid "Interpreting the Kernel Startup Messages" msgstr "解讀核心起始資訊" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3071 +#: boot-installer.xml:3057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the boot sequence, you may see many messages in the form " @@ -4005,23 +3986,21 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"kernel-baking\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3096 +#: boot-installer.xml:3082 #, no-c-format msgid "Bug Reporter" msgstr "Bug Reporter" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3097 +#: boot-installer.xml:3083 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you get through the initial boot phase but cannot complete the install, " -"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> It " -"copies system error logs and configuration information to a user-supplied " -"floppy. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> It lets you store system error " +"the bug reporter menu choice may be helpful. It lets you store system error " "logs and configuration information from the installer to a floppy, or " -"download them in a web browser. </phrase> This information may provide clues " -"as to what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report " -"you may want to attach this information to the bug report." +"download them in a web browser. This information may provide clues as to " +"what went wrong and how to fix it. If you are submitting a bug report you " +"may want to attach this information to the bug report." msgstr "" "如果您通過了初始化開機但是不能完成安裝，Bug Reporter 選單選項可能會很有用。它" "會複製系統的錯誤記錄和設定資訊至一個使用者提供的軟碟中。這個資訊可能提供了一" @@ -4029,11 +4008,11 @@ msgstr "" "資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3114 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-installer.xml:3094 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Other pertinent installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</" -"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</" +"filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</" "filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system." msgstr "" "其他相關安裝期間的安裝資訊可以在 <filename>/var/log/</filename> 找到，以及在" @@ -4041,13 +4020,13 @@ msgstr "" "中。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-installer.xml:3125 +#: boot-installer.xml:3105 #, no-c-format msgid "Submitting Installation Reports" msgstr "回報安裝報告" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3126 +#: boot-installer.xml:3106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you still have problems, please submit an installation report. We also " @@ -4057,7 +4036,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3133 +#: boot-installer.xml:3113 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a working Debian system, the easiest way to send an installation " @@ -4067,7 +4046,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: boot-installer.xml:3140 +#: boot-installer.xml:3120 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Please use this template when filling out installation reports, and file the " @@ -4157,6 +4136,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 在臭蟲報告內，請描述問題，包括核心當住後見到的核" "心訊息。請描述進入問題狀態前相關的步驟。" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also, if you are using a 2.2.x linux kernel, then you must make sure you " +#~ "are using a ramdisk built to accommodate it, see the <ulink url=" +#~ "\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +#~ "\">MANIFEST</ulink>. In general, this means you need to use the initrd22." +#~ "gz ramdisk from the respective directory." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您使用 2.2.x linux 核心，那麼必須確保 ramdisk 滿足要求，請參閱 <ulink " +#~ "url=\"&disturl;/main/installer-&architecture;/current/images/MANIFEST" +#~ "\">MANIFEST</ulink>。您還需要使用 &ramdisksize; 核心參數。通常，這意味著您" +#~ "需要使用相同目錄下的 initrd22.gz ramdisk。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Passing this boot parameter will cause the boot to be more verbosely " #~ "logged." diff --git a/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po b/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po index f2aead694..3becf9e29 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/boot-new.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 00:22+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: boot-new.xml:13 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are booting directly into Debian, and the system doesn't start up, " "either use your original installation boot media, or insert the custom boot " "floppy if you have one, and reset your system. This way, you will probably " "need to add some boot arguments like <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</" "replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>root</replaceable> is your root " -"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. <phrase condition=\"etch" -"\"> Alternatively, see <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using " -"the installer's built-in rescue mode. </phrase>" +"partition, such as <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>. Alternatively, see <xref " +"linkend=\"rescue\"/> for instructions on using the installer's built-in " +"rescue mode." msgstr "" "如果您直接從 Debian 啟動，但系統沒有起來，那麼請使用原來的安裝媒介，或是使用" "您自製的開機磁片，然後重新啟動系統。這種情況下，您也許需要添加一些啟動參數，" "像 <userinput>root=<replaceable>root</replaceable></userinput>，其中 " "<replaceable>root</replaceable> 是您的根分割區，例如 <filename>/dev/sda1</" -"filename>。<phrase condition=\"etch\"> 或者，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/>" -"以得知安裝程式內建的救援模式中的指令。</phrase>" +"filename>。<phrase condition=\"etch\"> 或者，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"rescue\"/" +">以得知安裝程式內建的救援模式中的指令。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:29 +#: boot-new.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "BVME 6000 Booting" msgstr "啟動 BVME 6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:30 +#: boot-new.xml:28 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have just performed a diskless install on a BVM or Motorola VMEbus " @@ -71,33 +71,33 @@ msgstr "" "符下輸入：" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:38 +#: boot-new.xml:36 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b6000</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot a BVME 4000/6000" msgstr "<userinput>b6000</userinput> 然後按 &enterkey; 啟動 BVME 4000/6000" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:43 +#: boot-new.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>b162</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME162" msgstr "<userinput>b162</userinput> 然後按 &enterkey; 啟動 MVME162" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:48 +#: boot-new.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<userinput>b167</userinput> followed by &enterkey; to boot an MVME166/167" msgstr "<userinput>b167</userinput> 然後按 &enterkey; 啟動 MVME166/167" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:60 +#: boot-new.xml:58 #, no-c-format msgid "Macintosh Booting" msgstr "啟動 Macintosh" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:62 +#: boot-new.xml:60 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Go to the directory containing the installation files and start up the " @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" "類似提示。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:72 +#: boot-new.xml:70 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to change the entry to <userinput>root=/dev/<replaceable>yyyy</" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 8x8 對於該階段較安全。您可以隨時修改它。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:85 +#: boot-new.xml:83 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't want to start GNU/Linux immediately each time you start, " @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Save Settings As Default</userinput> 選項。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:92 +#: boot-new.xml:90 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now select <userinput>Boot Now</userinput> (<keycombo> <keycap>command</" @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAMdisk 安裝系統。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:98 +#: boot-new.xml:96 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Debian should boot, and you should see the same messages as when you first " @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Debian 應該啟動，然後您將看到與安裝系統同樣的訊息，跟著是一些新訊息。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:108 +#: boot-new.xml:106 #, no-c-format msgid "OldWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "OldWorld PowerMacs" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:109 +#: boot-new.xml:107 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the machine fails to boot after completing the installation, and stops " @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "" "faq;\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:123 +#: boot-new.xml:121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot back into MacOS without resetting the nvram, type <userinput>bye</" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:136 +#: boot-new.xml:134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you use <command>BootX</command> to boot into the installed system, just " @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ msgstr "" "上與您的系統相對應的根設備﹔如 <userinput>/dev/hda8</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:148 +#: boot-new.xml:146 #, no-c-format msgid "NewWorld PowerMacs" msgstr "NewWorld PowerMacs" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:149 +#: boot-new.xml:147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On G4 machines and iBooks, you can hold down the <keycap>option</keycap> key " @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "面，每個可以啟動的系統會對應到一個圖示，&debian; 將是一個企鵝的圖示。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:156 +#: boot-new.xml:154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you kept MacOS and at some point it changes the OpenFirmware <envar>boot-" @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> <keycap>r</keycap> </keycombo> 鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:164 +#: boot-new.xml:162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The labels defined in <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> will be displayed if " @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "在 <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> 裡的標籤會顯示出來。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:170 +#: boot-new.xml:168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resetting OpenFirmware on G3 or G4 hardware will cause it to boot &debian; " @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:179 +#: boot-new.xml:177 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you boot &debian; for the first time you can add any additional " @@ -307,982 +307,24 @@ msgstr "" "解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:193 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Debian Post-Boot (Base) Configuration" -msgstr "Debian 啟動後之 (基本) 設置" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:195 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After booting, you will be prompted to complete the configuration of your " -"basic system, and then to select what additional packages you wish to " -"install. The application which guides you through this process is called " -"<classname>base-config</classname>. Its concept is very similar to the &d-i; " -"from the first stage. Indeed, <classname>base-config</classname> consists of " -"a number of specialized components, where each component handles one " -"configuration task, contains <quote>hidden menu in the background</quote> " -"and also uses the same navigation system." -msgstr "" -"啟動之後，您將被提示去完成基本系統的設定，然後選擇您希望安裝的額外軟體套件。" -"指引您完成此過程的應用程式稱為 <classname>base-config</classname>。它的概念類" -"似 &d-i; 的第一階段。事實上，<classname>base-config</classname> 由一些特殊的" -"元件組成，每個元件完成一項設定任務，包括<quote>在後台隱藏選單</quote>並使用同" -"樣的瀏覽系統。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:207 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you wish to re-run the <classname>base-config</classname> at any point " -"after installation is complete, as root run <userinput>base-config</" -"userinput>." -msgstr "" -"如果您希望在完成安裝之後重新執行 <classname>base-config</classname>，請以 " -"root 身份執行 <userinput>base-config</userinput>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:220 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" -msgstr "設定您的時區" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:222 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After a welcome screen, you will be prompted to configure your time zone. " -"First select whether the hardware clock of your system is set to local time " -"or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT or UTC). The time displayed in the dialog may " -"help you decide on the correct option. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc" -"\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to " -"dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386" -"\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If " -"you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" -msgstr "" -"歡迎畫面之後，您將看到要求設定時區的提示。首先決定系統硬體時鐘為本地還是格林" -"威治時間 (GMT或UTC)。對話框裡面顯示的時間可以幫您做出正確的選擇。 <phrase " -"arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬體時鐘通常設為本地時間。如果您想多重開機，" -"請選擇本地時間而非 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 仍然) 運行 Dos 或 " -"Windows 的系統通常設為本地時間。如果您想多重開機，選擇本地時間而非 GMT。</" -"phrase>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:235 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " -"process, you will next be shown either a single timezone or a list of " -"timezones relevant for that location. If a single timezone is shown, choose " -"<guibutton>Yes</guibutton> to confirm or choose <guibutton>No</guibutton> to " -"select from the full list of timezones. If a list is shown, select your " -"timezone from the list, or select Other for the full list." -msgstr "" -"基於安裝開始時選擇的地理位置，您將看到系統只列出與該位置相關的單一或者有限的" -"時區列表。如果只列出一個時區，選擇<guibutton>是</guibutton>確認或者選擇" -"<guibutton>否</guibutton> 從完整列表中去選擇。當列表顯示出來，從中選擇您的時" -"區，或者選擇其他以列出完整列表。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:252 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" -msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:255 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Set the Root Password" -msgstr "設定 root 密碼" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:257 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" -"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " -"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " -"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>root</emphasis> 帳戶也被稱為<emphasis>超級使用者</emphasis>。系統中" -"的所有安全防護措施對以超級使用者身份登陸者都是無效的。root 帳戶應該僅用來進行" -"系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:265 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " -"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " -"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " -"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " -"information which could be guessed." -msgstr "" -"您所建立的任何密碼都應該包含至少 6 個字元，同時包含大小寫字母，並且最好帶有標" -"點符號等特殊字元。因為超級使用者具有最高權限，因此在您設定 root 密碼時尤其要" -"小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:273 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " -"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " -"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." -msgstr "" -"如果他人向您索取您的 root 密碼，您也需要特別謹慎。除非您所管理的系統有多位管" -"理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:283 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Create an Ordinary User" -msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:285 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " -"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " -"personal login." -msgstr "" -"系統會詢問您現在是否希望建立一個普通帳戶。您將使用該帳戶進行日常登陸操作。切" -"記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:292 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " -"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " -"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " -"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " -"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " -"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " -"consider reading one if it is new to you." -msgstr "" -"為什麼呢？避免使用 root 特權帳戶的一個原因是，它很容易對系統造成無法挽回的破" -"壞。另一個原因是，您有可能被惡意誘使執行<emphasis>特洛伊木馬</emphasis>程式 " -"— 這是一種在您未知的情況下利用超級使用者權限損害系統安全的程式。任何合" -"格的 Unix 系統管理書籍中都會涉及到這一主題 — 如果您不是很瞭解這方面的內" -"容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:302 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " -"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " -"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " -"prompted for a password for this account." -msgstr "" -"您首先會被要求輸入使用者的全名。然後要求輸入使用者帳號名﹔通常為姓之類的即" -"可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:309 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " -"use the <command>adduser</command> command." -msgstr "" -"如果在安裝完畢後您還希望建立其它新帳戶，請使用 <command>adduser</command> 命" -"令。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:323 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP" -msgstr "設定 PPP" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:325 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If no network was configured during the first stage of the installation, you " -"will next be asked whether you wish to install the rest of the system using " -"PPP. PPP is a protocol used to establish dialup connections with modems. If " -"you configure the modem at this point, the installation system will be able " -"to download additional packages or security updates from the Internet during " -"the next steps of the installation. If you don't have a modem in your " -"computer or if you prefer to configure your modem after the installation, " -"you can skip this step." -msgstr "" -"如果您的電腦沒有連上網路，接下來您將會被問到是否希望使用 PPP 安裝其餘的系統。" -"PPP 是透過調變解調器建立撥號連接的通訊協定。如果您現在需要設定調變解調器，安" -"裝系統將下載一些額外的軟體套件，或者在安裝的下一階段從網際網路安全更新。如果" -"您的電腦沒有調變解調器，或者希望安裝完之後再設定調變解調器，您可以跳過這一" -"節。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:336 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to configure your PPP connection, you will need some information " -"from your Internet Service Provider (ISP), including phone number, username, " -"password and DNS servers (optional). Some ISPs provide installation " -"guidelines for Linux distributions. You can use that information even if " -"they don't specifically target Debian since most of the configuration " -"parameters (and software) is similar amongst Linux distributions." -msgstr "" -"為了設定 PPP 連線，您需要從網際網路伺服器供應商 (ISP) 那裡瞭解一些資訊，包括" -"電話號碼，使用者名稱，密碼和 DNS 伺服器 (非必要)。一些 ISP 為 Linux 發行版提" -"供安裝指引。即使他們並不是針對 Debian，您也可以使用這些資訊，這是因為在 " -"Linux 發行版之間，大多數的設定參數 (和軟體) 都類似。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:345 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you do choose to configure PPP at this point, a program named " -"<command>pppconfig</command> will be run. This program helps you configure " -"your PPP connection. <emphasis>Make sure, when it asks you for the name of " -"your dialup connection, that you name it <userinput>provider</userinput>.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"如果您選擇在現在設定PPP，應用程式 <command>pppconfig</command> 將幫助您完成後" -"續工作。<emphasis>記住，當程式提示您輸入撥號連接名稱時，您應該輸入 " -"<userinput>供應商名稱</userinput>。</emphasis>" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:353 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Hopefully, the <command>pppconfig</command> program will walk you through a " -"trouble-free PPP connection setup. However, if it does not work for you, see " -"below for detailed instructions." -msgstr "" -"如果順利，<command>pppconfig</command> 能夠帶領您快速完成設定。否則，您需要繼" -"續查看下面的具體指令介紹。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:359 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to setup PPP, you'll need to know the basics of file viewing and " -"editing in GNU/Linux. To view files, you should use <command>more</command>, " -"and <command>zmore</command> for compressed files with a <userinput>.gz</" -"userinput> extension. For example, to view <filename>README.debian.gz</" -"filename>, type <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</userinput>. The base " -"system comes with an editor named <command>nano</command>, which is very " -"simple to use, but does not have a lot of features. You will probably want " -"to install more full-featured editors and viewers later, such as " -"<command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>, and " -"<command>emacs</command>." -msgstr "" -"在開始之前，您需要瞭解在 GNU/Linux 中閱覽和編輯檔案的基礎知識。要閱覽一個檔" -"案，您可以使用 <command>more</command>，和 <command>zmore</command> 閱覽副檔" -"名為 <userinput>.gz</userinput> 的壓縮檔。例如：要閱覽 <filename>README." -"debian.gz</filename>，您可以鍵入指令 <userinput>zmore README.debian.gz</" -"userinput>。最小安裝的系統中帶有一個使用簡單但功能略少的編輯器，叫 " -"<command>nano</command>。您也可以後續安裝其它功能強大的編輯器如 " -"<command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</command>，和 " -"<command>emacs</command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:373 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Edit <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> and replace <userinput>/" -"dev/modem</userinput> with <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" -"replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>#</replaceable> stands for " -"the number of your serial port. In Linux, serial ports are counted from 0; " -"your first serial port <phrase arch=\"i386\">(i.e., <userinput>COM1</" -"userinput>)</phrase> is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> under Linux. <phrase " -"arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">On Macintoshes with serial ports, the modem port is " -"<filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> and the printer port is <filename>/dev/" -"ttyS1</filename>.</phrase> The next step is to edit <filename>/etc/" -"chatscripts/provider</filename> and insert your provider's phone number, " -"your user-name and password. Please do not delete the <quote>\\q</quote> " -"that precedes the password. It hides the password from appearing in your log " -"files." -msgstr "" -"編輯 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> 並替換 <userinput>/dev/" -"modem</userinput> 為 <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</replaceable></" -"userinput> 其中 <replaceable>#</replaceable> 取決於您的數據機序列埠編號。" -"在 Linux 下，序列埠是從0開始，您的第一個序列埠 <phrase arch=\"i386\">(如 " -"<userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> 就叫 <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename>。" -"<phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">如果您在 Macintoshes 上，那麼數據機序列埠是 " -"<filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> 印表機的連接埠是 <filename>/dev/ttyS1</" -"filename>。</phrase>下一步是編輯 <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</" -"filename> 然後輸入供應商的電話號碼，您的使用者名稱與密碼。請勿刪除出現在密碼" -"之前的 <quote>\\q</quote>。這是用來隱藏您的密碼，而不出現在紀錄檔案裡面。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:393 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Many providers use PAP or CHAP for login sequence instead of text mode " -"authentication. Others use both. If your provider requires PAP or CHAP, " -"you'll need to follow a different procedure. Comment out everything below " -"the dialing string (the one that starts with <quote>ATDT</quote>) in " -"<filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename>, modify <filename>/etc/ppp/" -"peers/provider</filename> as described above, and add <userinput>user " -"<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>name</" -"replaceable> stands for your user-name for the provider you are trying to " -"connect to. Next, edit <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> or " -"<filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> and enter your password there." -msgstr "" -"許多供應商現在使用 PAP 或 CHAP 作為認證方式來取代最初的文字模式認證。部份ISP" -"兩者都採用，如果您的ISP需要 PAP 或 CHAP，您需要按如下步驟進行設定：將檔案中撥" -"號字串之後的所有內容加上註解符號 (即從 <quote>ATDT</quote>)，在 <filename>/" -"etc/chatscripts/provider</filename> 裡同樣也把 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/" -"provider</filename> 檔案中撥號字串之後的內容加上註解，並添加 <userinput>user " -"<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>，其中 <replaceable>name</" -"replaceable> 指的是您在ISP的撥號使用者名稱。然後編輯 <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-" -"secrets</filename> 或 <filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> 並在其中填入" -"您的密碼。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:409 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You will also need to edit <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add " -"your provider's name server (DNS) IP addresses. The lines in <filename>/etc/" -"resolv.conf</filename> are in the following format: <userinput>nameserver " -"<replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable></userinput> where the " -"<replaceable>x</replaceable>s stand for numbers in your IP address. " -"Optionally, you could add the <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> option to " -"the <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> file, which will enable " -"automatic choosing of appropriate DNS servers, using settings the remote " -"host usually provides." -msgstr "" -"您還需要編輯 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>，將您的 ISP 網域名稱伺服" -"器 (DNS) 的 IP 位址填寫進去。<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> 裡面內容的" -"填寫格式應該是：<userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</" -"replaceable></userinput> 這裡的 <replaceable>x</replaceable> 是 DNS 的 IP 位" -"址。作為選項，您也可以在 <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> 中添加 <filename>/" -"etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename>，這樣系統能夠在必要的時候選擇適當的 DNS 伺" -"服器。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:423 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Unless your provider has a login sequence different from the majority of " -"ISPs, you are done! Start the PPP connection by typing <command>pon</" -"command> as root, and monitor the process using <command>plog</command> " -"command. To disconnect, use <command>poff</command>, again, as root." -msgstr "" -"除非您的 ISP 的登陸方式與其它主要 ISP 有極大的差異，否則這樣就設定完成了。以" -"root的身份輸入 <command>pon</command> 就能啟用 PPP 連線，<command>plog</" -"command> 能夠監控目前連接，要中斷連線，則同樣是以root身份執行 <command>poff</" -"command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:431 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for more " -"information on using PPP on Debian." -msgstr "" -"閱讀 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> 可以獲得更多 " -"Debian 上的 PPP 設定資訊。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:436 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"For static SLIP connections, you will need to add the <userinput>slattach</" -"userinput> command (from the <classname>net-tools</classname> package) into " -"<filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>. Dynamic SLIP will require the " -"<classname>gnudip</classname> package." -msgstr "" -"對於靜態 SLIP 連接來說，您需要加上 <userinput>slattach</userinput> 指令 (位" -"於 <classname>net-tools</classname> 軟體套件中) 到 <filename>/etc/init.d/" -"network</filename>。動態 SLIP 需要 <classname>gnudip</classname> 軟體套件。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:447 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" -msgstr "設定 PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:449 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"PPPOE is a protocol related to PPP used for some broadband connections. " -"There is currently no support in base configuration to help you set this up. " -"However, the necessary software has been installed, which means you can " -"configure PPPOE manually at this stage of the installation by switching to " -"VT2 and running <command>pppoeconf</command>." -msgstr "" -"PPPOE 是與 PPP 相關的協定，用於寬頻連線。目前基本系統裡面不會幫您建立設定。然" -"而，相應的軟體套件已經安裝，也就意味著您可以在本階段手動設定 PPPOE，只需切換" -"到 VT2，然後執行 <command>pppoeconf</command>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:467 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring APT" -msgstr "設定 APT" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:469 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " -"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" -"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " -"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this package " -"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " -"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " -"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " -"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " -"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " -"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command>, <command>synaptic</" -"command> and the older <command>dselect</command> also use and depend on " -"<command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, " -"since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status " -"checks) in a nice user interface." -msgstr "" -"本節的重點是 <command>apt-get</command>，這是一個用來安裝各種軟體的程式，它被" -"包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 軟體套件中。<footnote> <para> 事實上，真正" -"用來安裝軟體套件的程式是 <command>dpkg</command>。但這是一個比較低階的工具。" -"<command>apt-get</command> 是一個高階工具，它可以在適當的時候執行 " -"<command>dpkg</command>，並在安裝某個軟體套件時自動安裝所需的其它軟體套件， " -"並且能夠從您的光碟、網路或其它地方下載這些套件。</para> </footnote> 其他的套" -"件管理前端程式，像 <command>aptitude</command>，<command>synaptic</command> " -"和較早的 <command>dselect</command> 也是使用並依賴 <command>apt-get</" -"command>。在此推薦這些前端軟體給新使用者使用，因為它們在良好的使用者介面下整" -"合了一些其他功能 (搜索套件與狀態檢驗)。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:493 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"APT must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The " -"helper application which assists in this task is called <command>apt-setup</" -"command>." -msgstr "" -"您必須設定 APT，使它明白該從哪裡取得軟體套件。有一個幫助您完成這工作的程式叫 " -"<command>apt-setup</command>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:499 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The next step in your configuration process is to tell APT where other " -"Debian packages can be found. Note that you can re-run this tool at any " -"point after installation by running <command>apt-setup</command>, or by " -"manually editing <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>." -msgstr "" -"然後該告訴 APT 其它軟體套件可以在什麼地方取得軟體套件。您可以在安裝完畢後的任" -"何時候重新執行 <command>apt-setup</command> 以進行設定，或者手動編輯 " -"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:506 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If an official CD-ROM is in the drive at this point, then that CD-ROM should " -"automatically be configured as an apt source without prompting. You will " -"notice this because you will see the CD-ROM being scanned." -msgstr "" -"如果此時光碟機內放有官方發佈的光碟，那麼光碟機將會被自動設定為 apt 來源，而不" -"會有提示。您會發現系統掃瞄您的光碟。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:512 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"For users without an official CD-ROM, you will be offered an array of " -"choices for how Debian packages are accessed: FTP, HTTP, CD-ROM, or a local " -"file system." -msgstr "" -"對於那些沒有官方發佈光碟的使用者，有一列選項會讓您選擇如何取得軟體套件：FTP、" -"HTTP、CD-ROM 或者本地檔案系統。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:518 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You should know that it's perfectly acceptable to have a number of different " -"APT sources, even for the same Debian archive. <command>apt-get</command> " -"will automatically pick the package with the highest version number given " -"all the available versions. Or, for instance, if you have both an HTTP and a " -"CD-ROM APT source, <command>apt-get</command> should automatically use the " -"local CD-ROM when possible, and only resort to HTTP if a newer version is " -"available there. However, it is not a good idea to add unnecessary APT " -"sources, since this will tend to slow down the process of checking the " -"network archives for new versions." -msgstr "" -"您完全可以添加多個不同的 APT 來源 (甚至是同一 Debian 檔案庫也可以)。" -"<command>apt-get</command> 會自動挑選出軟體套件中的最新版本。例如，如果您同時" -"使用 HTTP 和 CD-ROM 作為 APT 來源，<command>apt-get</command> 會在有新版本的" -"時候採用 HTTP 來源，沒有新版本時自動採用 CD-ROM 來源。儘管如此，仍然不建議您" -"增加不必要的 APT 來源，因為這會大降低檢查網路檔案庫中新版本軟體的速度。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:534 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" -msgstr "設定網路軟體套件來源" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:536 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you plan on installing the rest of your system via the network, the most " -"common option is to select the <userinput>http</userinput> source. The " -"<userinput>ftp</userinput> source is also acceptable, but tends to be " -"somewhat slower making connections." -msgstr "" -"如果您計劃透過網路安裝系統的其它部分，常見的作法是選擇 <userinput>http</" -"userinput> 來源。當然，<userinput>ftp</userinput> 來源也是可以的，只是在連接" -"時會略慢一些。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:543 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The next step during the configuration of network package sources is to tell " -"<command>apt-setup</command> which country you live in. This configures " -"which of the official Debian Internet mirrors you will connect to. Depending " -"on which country you select, you will be presented with a list of possible " -"servers. It's generally fine to pick the one at the top of the list, but any " -"of them should work. Note however that the mirror list provided by the " -"installation was generated when this version of Debian was released and some " -"mirrors may no longer be available." -msgstr "" -"接下來您需要告訴 <command>apt-setup</command> 您生活在哪個國家。Debian會為您" -"選擇最近的官方 Debian 網路鏡像站。根據您選擇的國家，程式會列出一些可能的伺服" -"器列表。通常選擇最上面的一個，但所有伺服器應該都是正常可用的。之後，進行測" -"試，如果您發現任何問題，您應該選擇另外一個。請注意，伺服器列表是在發行 " -"Debian 時生成的，在發行之後到您安裝的這段時間內，一些鏡像網站也許無法存取。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:554 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After you have selected a mirror, you will be asked if a proxy server should " -"be used. A proxy server is a server that will forward all your HTTP and/or " -"FTP requests to the Internet and is most often used to regulate and optimize " -"access to the Internet on corporate networks. In some networks only the " -"proxy server is allowed access to the Internet, in which case you will have " -"to enter the name of the proxy server. You may also have to include an user " -"name and password. Most home users will not need to specify a proxy server, " -"although some ISPs may provide proxy servers for their users." -msgstr "" -"選擇鏡像站之後，您將會被詢問是否需要使用代理伺服器。代理伺服器是用來轉送您以 " -"HTTP 和/或 FTP 要求存取網際網路的伺服器，通常在公司網路裡用來調節和最佳化網際" -"網路的使用效率。在某些網路中只能透過代理伺服器存取網際網路，因此您不得不輸入" -"代理伺服器名稱。您可能還要輸入使用者名稱和密碼。大多數的家庭使用者不需設定代" -"理伺服器，這是因為一些 ISP 會提供。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:566 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"After you select a mirror, your new network package source will be tested. " -"If all goes well, you will be prompted whether you want to add another " -"package source. If you have any problems using the package source you " -"selected, try using a different mirror (either from your country list or " -"from the global list), or try using a different network package source." -msgstr "" -"選擇鏡像之後，系統會測試您的網路軟體套件來源。一切正常的話，程式會提示您是否" -"想要設定其它的網路來源。如果您的軟體套件源有問題，可以嘗試不同的鏡像網站 (從" -"您的國家列表中或者全體列表) 或者使用不同的網路軟體套件來源。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:583 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Package Installation" -msgstr "安裝軟體套件" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:585 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Next you will be offered a number of pre-rolled software configurations " -"offered by Debian. You could always choose, package by package, what you " -"want to install on your new machine. This is the purpose of the " -"<command>aptitude</command> program, described below. But this can be a long " -"task with around &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian!" -msgstr "" -"接下來，您將看到 Debain 事先選擇好的一些軟體套件。您可以逐個選擇哪些需要安裝" -"到您的新系統上。這是 <command>aptitude</command> 程式的目的，後面會說明。但這" -"可能是一項困難的任務，因為 Debian 有 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 個軟體套件。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:594 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " -"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " -"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " -"as <quote>desktop environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>, or " -"<quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " -"this list, <command>base-config</command> is merely invoking the " -"<command>tasksel</command> program. For manual package selection, the " -"<command>aptitude</command> program is being run. Any of these can be run at " -"any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages. If you are " -"looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, " -"simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></" -"userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the " -"package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-" -"size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." -msgstr "" -"所以，您可以先選擇 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis>，然後再單獨添加軟體套件。軟體集" -"約略表示您要在電腦上從事的各類工作，例如 <quote>desktop environment</quote>、" -"<quote>web server</quote> 或者 <quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> " -"您應該知道顯示這個列表，<command>base-config</command> 僅是執行 " -"<command>tasksel</command> 程式。手動選擇安裝軟體套件時，<command>aptitude</" -"command> 程式則被呼叫。安裝程序之後的任何時候，一旦需要安裝 (或者刪除) 更多的" -"軟體套件，它都被使用。如果您在尋找特定的軟體套件，當安裝完成後，只需執行 " -"<userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, " -"其中 <replaceable>package</replaceable> 是您需要的軟體套件名稱。</para> </" -"footnote>。<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各 task 所需的空間。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:621 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " -"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." -msgstr "" -"當您選擇了軟體集之後，選擇 <guibutton>確定</guibutton>。此時，" -"<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:628 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Even if you did not select any tasks at all, any standard, important, or " -"required priority packages that are not yet present on your system will be " -"installed. This functionality is the same as running <userinput>tasksel -" -"ris</userinput> at the command line, and currently involves a download of " -"about 37M of archives. You will be shown the number of packages to be " -"installed, and how many kilobytes of packages, if any, need to be downloaded." -msgstr "" -"注意，即使您沒有選擇任何軟體集，但標準的、重要的，或者系統優先要求的軟體套件" -"將被安裝。該功能相當於在命令列下執行 <userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput>，目" -"前包括下載一個大約 37M 的套件。您會看到將要安裝的軟體套件，若套件需要被下載，" -"您也會看見軟體套件的檔案大小。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:641 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you do want to choose what to install on a package by package basis, " -"select the <quote>manual package selection</quote> option in " -"<command>tasksel</command>. If you select one or more tasks alongside this " -"option, <command>aptitude</command> will be called with the <command>--" -"visual-preview</command> option. This means you will be able to " -"review<footnote> <para> You can also change the default selections. If you " -"would like to select any additional package, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</" -"guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para> " -"</footnote> the packages that are to be installed. If you do not select any " -"tasks, the normal <command>aptitude</command> screen will be displayed. " -"After making your selections you should press <quote><userinput>g</" -"userinput></quote> to start the download and installation of packages." -msgstr "" -"如果您想基於軟體套件安裝軟體，選擇位於 <command>tasksel</command> 的 <quote>" -"手動選取套件</quote> 選項。如果您選擇該選項旁的一個或多項軟體集，aptitude 將" -"以 <command>--visual-preview</command> 選項執行。這表示您可以檢查<footnote> " -"<para> 您可以修改這項預設選擇。如果您希望選擇額外的軟體套件，使用 " -"<menuchoice> <guimenu>瀏覽</guimenu> <guimenuitem>瀏覽新套件</guimenuitem> </" -"menuchoice>。</para> </footnote> 那些將要安裝的軟體套件。如果您不選擇任何軟體" -"集，則一般的 <command>aptitude</command> 畫面被顯示。選擇完畢，請按下 " -"<quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> 開始下載和安裝軟體套件。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:662 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you choose <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>without</" -"emphasis> selecting any tasks, no packages will be installed by default. " -"This means you can use this option if you want to install a minimal system, " -"but also that the responsibility for selecting any packages not installed as " -"part of the base system (before the reboot) that might be required for your " -"system lies with you." -msgstr "" -"如果您選擇<quote>手動選取套件</quote><emphasis>而不</emphasis>選擇軟體集，預" -"設不會安裝任何軟體套件。這就是說，如果您希望安裝一個最小系統，並且您的系統 " -"(啟動之前) 不需要安裝任何軟體套件，可用使用該選項。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:673 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Of the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian, only a small " -"minority are covered by tasks offered in the Task Installer. To see " -"information on more packages, either use <userinput>apt-cache search " -"<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> for some given search " -"string (see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> " -"<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page), or run " -"<command>aptitude</command> as described below." -msgstr "" -"在 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 的 Debian 軟體套件中，只有少數被軟體集安裝程式涵蓋。" -"為了瞭解更多軟體套件的資訊，請使用 <userinput>apt-cache search " -"<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> 搜索字串 (請參閱 " -"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" -"manvolnum> </citerefentry> man 頁), 或者執行 <command>aptitude</command> 以觀" -"看畫面下面的說明。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:687 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" -msgstr "<command>aptitude</command> 軟體套件進階選擇" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:689 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " -"<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set of " -"packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." -msgstr "" -"<command>Aptitude</command> 是管理軟體套件的流行軟體。<command>aptitude</" -"command> 允許您選擇單獨的軟體套件，符合指定要求的軟體套件群組 (針對進階使用" -"者)，或者整個軟體集。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:696 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> " -"<row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " -"<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>Move " -"selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> " -"<entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</" -"keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for removal.</entry> </" -"row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>Show package dependencies." -"</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>Actually " -"download/install/remove packages.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</" -"keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate menu.</entry> </row> </" -"tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands see the online help under " -"the <keycap>?</keycap> key." -msgstr "" -"最基本的按鍵組合是： <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> " -"<entry>按鍵</entry><entry>動作</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " -"<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>上下移到選" -"項。</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>展開/關閉/啟用 項" -"目。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>標註要安裝" -"的軟體套件。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>標" -"註要刪除的軟體套件。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> " -"<entry>顯示軟體套件依賴關係。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></" -"entry> <entry>實際 下載/安裝/刪除 軟體套件。</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>離開目前畫面。</entry> </row><row> " -"<entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>啟用選單</entry> </row> </tbody></" -"tgroup></informaltable> 查看更多的幫助請按 <keycap>?</keycap> 鍵。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:747 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Prompts During Software Installation" -msgstr "軟體安裝過程中的指令" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:749 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> or " -"<command>aptitude</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in " -"turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. " -"If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt " -"you during this process. You might also want to keep an eye on the output " -"during the process, to watch for any installation errors (although you will " -"be asked to acknowledge errors which prevented a package's installation)." -msgstr "" -"您透過 <command>tasksel</command> 或 <command>aptitude</command> 選擇的每個軟" -"體套件包，都是由 <command>apt-get</command> 和 <command>dpkg</command> 程式下" -"載、解開並安裝的。部份特殊的軟體在安裝過程中需要使用者提供更多的資訊，在這一" -"過程中會有相關提示。您需要留意該過程的螢幕輸出，以判斷安裝中是發生錯誤 (儘管" -"一般情況下如果一個軟體套件無法安裝，您會收到一個明確的錯誤訊息)。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:764 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Settings for the X Server" -msgstr "設定 X 伺服器" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:766 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"On iMacs, and some older Macintoshes as well, the X Server software doesn't " -"calculate appropriate video settings. You will need to choose the " -"<guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> option during configuration of the video " -"settings. For the monitor's horizontal sync range, enter 59–63. You " -"can leave the default for vertical refresh range." -msgstr "" -"在 iMacs 或者一些古老的 Macintoshes 機器上，X 伺服器軟體無法自動計算出適當的" -"顯示卡設定。您需要在設定顯示卡時選擇<guimenuitem>進階</guimenuitem>選項，在" -"螢幕的水平同步範圍中，填入 59–63。對垂直更新範圍，可以選擇預設值。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:774 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." -msgstr "滑鼠設備可以設定為 <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:788 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" -msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:790 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " -"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " -"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " -"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " -"learn." -msgstr "" -"今天，電子郵件已經成為很多人生活中不可或缺的部份，所以，Debian 讓您在安裝過程" -"中設定郵件傳輸代理，並不是件奇怪的事。Debian 中的標準郵件傳輸代理是 " -"<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:798 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " -"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " -"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " -"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." -msgstr "" -"您可能會問，我的電腦並沒有連接到網路上，是否也需要這一步呢？答案是：是的。稍" -"長一點的解釋是：部份系統工具 (例如 <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</" -"command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:806 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " -"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" -msgstr "" -"所以，在第一個螢幕上您可以看到幾個常見的郵件設定方案。請選擇一個最適合您需求" -"的。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:815 -#, no-c-format -msgid "internet site" -msgstr "網際網路站" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:816 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " -"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " -"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " -"accept or relay mail." -msgstr "" -"您的系統連接到網路上，並且您透過 SMTP 直接收發郵件。在接下來的幾頁中，程式會" -"詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:827 -#, no-c-format -msgid "mail sent by smarthost" -msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:828 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " -"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " -"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " -"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " -"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " -"for dial-up users." -msgstr "" -"在這個方案中，您的外送郵件將被另一台我們稱之為 <quote>smarthost</quote> 的主" -"機轉發，由它來完成實際的郵件發送工作。Smarthost 通常也能存放將要投遞到您的電" -"腦上的郵件，因此您並不需要永遠連線。也就是說，您必須透過諸如 fetchmail 之類的" -"程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:841 -#, no-c-format -msgid "local delivery only" -msgstr "僅在本地發送" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:842 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " -"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " -"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " -"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " -"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " -"further questions." -msgstr "" -"您的系統並未連接網路，則郵件僅僅在本地使用者間傳遞。即使您不打算發送任何郵" -"件，我們也建議您選擇此選項，因為部份系統工具可能隨時會發送一些警告資訊 (例" -"如：可愛的 <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>)。由於選擇此項後不需要回答任何" -"問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" - -#. Tag: term -#: boot-new.xml:855 -#, no-c-format -msgid "no configuration at this time" -msgstr "現在不進行設定" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:856 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " -"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " -"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " -"some important messages from your system utilities." -msgstr "" -"除非您真的知道您在做什麼，否則請不要選擇這一選項。這會留下一個未設定的郵件系" -"統 — 在您再次設定它之前，您都無法收發任何郵件，並且可能會錯過一些系統工" -"具發出的重要資訊。" - -#. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:867 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " -"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" -"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " -"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" -"exim4</filename>." -msgstr "" -"如果以上的方案都不適合您的需求，或者您需要一個更好的設定，在安裝完畢後，您可" -"以編輯 <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> 目錄下的設定檔。您還可以在 <filename>/" -"usr/share/doc/exim4</filename> 下找到更多關於 <command>exim4</command> 的資" -"料。" - -#. Tag: title -#: boot-new.xml:882 +#: boot-new.xml:191 #, no-c-format msgid "Log In" msgstr "登入" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:884 -#, no-c-format +#: boot-new.xml:193 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"After you've installed packages, you'll be presented with the login prompt. " -"Log in using the personal login and password you selected. Your system is " -"now ready to use." +"Once your system boots, you'll be presented with the login prompt. Log in " +"using the personal login and password you selected during the installation " +"process. Your system is now ready to use." msgstr "" "安裝完軟體套件以後，您會看到登入提示符號。使用您選擇的登入使用者名稱和密碼。" "您的系統就能使用了。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:890 +#: boot-new.xml:199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are a new user, you may want to explore the documentation which is " @@ -1294,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "" "由不同類型的文件組成。接下來將做簡略介紹。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:898 +#: boot-new.xml:207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Documentation accompanying programs you have installed is in <filename>/usr/" @@ -1309,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:907 +#: boot-new.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In addition, there are some special folders within the <filename>/usr/share/" @@ -1324,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "" "覽 <filename>/usr/share/doc/HTML/index.html</filename> 文件索引。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:917 +#: boot-new.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One easy way to view these documents is to <userinput>cd /usr/share/doc/</" @@ -1335,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>lynx</userinput> 後面加上空格和一個點 (點是指目前目錄)。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:924 +#: boot-new.xml:233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also type <userinput>info <replaceable>command</replaceable></" @@ -1358,7 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: boot-new.xml:939 +#: boot-new.xml:248 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For a more complete introduction to Debian and GNU/Linux, see <filename>/usr/" @@ -1366,3 +408,772 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "想要多瞭解 Debian 和 GNU/Linux，請參閱 <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian-guide/" "html/noframes/index.html</filename>。" + +#~ msgid "Debian Post-Boot (Base) Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Debian 啟動後之 (基本) 設置" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After booting, you will be prompted to complete the configuration of your " +#~ "basic system, and then to select what additional packages you wish to " +#~ "install. The application which guides you through this process is called " +#~ "<classname>base-config</classname>. Its concept is very similar to the &d-" +#~ "i; from the first stage. Indeed, <classname>base-config</classname> " +#~ "consists of a number of specialized components, where each component " +#~ "handles one configuration task, contains <quote>hidden menu in the " +#~ "background</quote> and also uses the same navigation system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "啟動之後，您將被提示去完成基本系統的設定，然後選擇您希望安裝的額外軟體套" +#~ "件。指引您完成此過程的應用程式稱為 <classname>base-config</classname>。它" +#~ "的概念類似 &d-i; 的第一階段。事實上，<classname>base-config</classname> 由" +#~ "一些特殊的元件組成，每個元件完成一項設定任務，包括<quote>在後台隱藏選單</" +#~ "quote>並使用同樣的瀏覽系統。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you wish to re-run the <classname>base-config</classname> at any point " +#~ "after installation is complete, as root run <userinput>base-config</" +#~ "userinput>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您希望在完成安裝之後重新執行 <classname>base-config</classname>，請以 " +#~ "root 身份執行 <userinput>base-config</userinput>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +#~ msgstr "設定您的時區" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After a welcome screen, you will be prompted to configure your time zone. " +#~ "First select whether the hardware clock of your system is set to local " +#~ "time or Greenwich Mean Time (GMT or UTC). The time displayed in the " +#~ "dialog may help you decide on the correct option. <phrase arch=\"m68k;" +#~ "powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If " +#~ "you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase " +#~ "arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to " +#~ "local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</" +#~ "phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "歡迎畫面之後，您將看到要求設定時區的提示。首先決定系統硬體時鐘為本地還是格" +#~ "林威治時間 (GMT或UTC)。對話框裡面顯示的時間可以幫您做出正確的選擇。 " +#~ "<phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh 硬體時鐘通常設為本地時間。如果您想" +#~ "多重開機，請選擇本地時間而非 GMT。</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\"> 仍然) " +#~ "運行 Dos 或 Windows 的系統通常設為本地時間。如果您想多重開機，選擇本地時間" +#~ "而非 GMT。</phrase>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +#~ "process, you will next be shown either a single timezone or a list of " +#~ "timezones relevant for that location. If a single timezone is shown, " +#~ "choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> to confirm or choose <guibutton>No</" +#~ "guibutton> to select from the full list of timezones. If a list is shown, " +#~ "select your timezone from the list, or select Other for the full list." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "基於安裝開始時選擇的地理位置，您將看到系統只列出與該位置相關的單一或者有限" +#~ "的時區列表。如果只列出一個時區，選擇<guibutton>是</guibutton>確認或者選擇" +#~ "<guibutton>否</guibutton> 從完整列表中去選擇。當列表顯示出來，從中選擇您的" +#~ "時區，或者選擇其他以列出完整列表。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +#~ msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" + +#~ msgid "Set the Root Password" +#~ msgstr "設定 root 密碼" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +#~ "user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on " +#~ "your system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +#~ "administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 帳戶也被稱為<emphasis>超級使用者</emphasis>。系" +#~ "統中的所有安全防護措施對以超級使用者身份登陸者都是無效的。root 帳戶應該僅" +#~ "用來進行系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +#~ "contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +#~ "characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +#~ "such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +#~ "information which could be guessed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您所建立的任何密碼都應該包含至少 6 個字元，同時包含大小寫字母，並且最好帶" +#~ "有標點符號等特殊字元。因為超級使用者具有最高權限，因此在您設定 root 密碼時" +#~ "尤其要小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +#~ "You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +#~ "administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果他人向您索取您的 root 密碼，您也需要特別謹慎。除非您所管理的系統有多位" +#~ "管理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" + +#~ msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +#~ msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user " +#~ "account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. " +#~ "You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or " +#~ "as your personal login." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "系統會詢問您現在是否希望建立一個普通帳戶。您將使用該帳戶進行日常登陸操作。" +#~ "切記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號" +#~ "使用。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +#~ "very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you " +#~ "might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program " +#~ "— that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers " +#~ "to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book " +#~ "on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail " +#~ "— consider reading one if it is new to you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為什麼呢？避免使用 root 特權帳戶的一個原因是，它很容易對系統造成無法挽回的" +#~ "破壞。另一個原因是，您有可能被惡意誘使執行<emphasis>特洛伊木馬</emphasis>" +#~ "程式 — 這是一種在您未知的情況下利用超級使用者權限損害系統安全的程" +#~ "式。任何合格的 Unix 系統管理書籍中都會涉及到這一主題 — 如果您不是很" +#~ "瞭解這方面的內容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +#~ "for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +#~ "similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +#~ "prompted for a password for this account." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您首先會被要求輸入使用者的全名。然後要求輸入使用者帳號名﹔通常為姓之類的即" +#~ "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If at any point after installation you would like to create another " +#~ "account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果在安裝完畢後您還希望建立其它新帳戶，請使用 <command>adduser</command> " +#~ "命令。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP" +#~ msgstr "設定 PPP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If no network was configured during the first stage of the installation, " +#~ "you will next be asked whether you wish to install the rest of the system " +#~ "using PPP. PPP is a protocol used to establish dialup connections with " +#~ "modems. If you configure the modem at this point, the installation system " +#~ "will be able to download additional packages or security updates from the " +#~ "Internet during the next steps of the installation. If you don't have a " +#~ "modem in your computer or if you prefer to configure your modem after the " +#~ "installation, you can skip this step." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您的電腦沒有連上網路，接下來您將會被問到是否希望使用 PPP 安裝其餘的系" +#~ "統。PPP 是透過調變解調器建立撥號連接的通訊協定。如果您現在需要設定調變解調" +#~ "器，安裝系統將下載一些額外的軟體套件，或者在安裝的下一階段從網際網路安全更" +#~ "新。如果您的電腦沒有調變解調器，或者希望安裝完之後再設定調變解調器，您可以" +#~ "跳過這一節。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to configure your PPP connection, you will need some information " +#~ "from your Internet Service Provider (ISP), including phone number, " +#~ "username, password and DNS servers (optional). Some ISPs provide " +#~ "installation guidelines for Linux distributions. You can use that " +#~ "information even if they don't specifically target Debian since most of " +#~ "the configuration parameters (and software) is similar amongst Linux " +#~ "distributions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為了設定 PPP 連線，您需要從網際網路伺服器供應商 (ISP) 那裡瞭解一些資訊，包" +#~ "括電話號碼，使用者名稱，密碼和 DNS 伺服器 (非必要)。一些 ISP 為 Linux 發行" +#~ "版提供安裝指引。即使他們並不是針對 Debian，您也可以使用這些資訊，這是因為" +#~ "在 Linux 發行版之間，大多數的設定參數 (和軟體) 都類似。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do choose to configure PPP at this point, a program named " +#~ "<command>pppconfig</command> will be run. This program helps you " +#~ "configure your PPP connection. <emphasis>Make sure, when it asks you for " +#~ "the name of your dialup connection, that you name it <userinput>provider</" +#~ "userinput>.</emphasis>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您選擇在現在設定PPP，應用程式 <command>pppconfig</command> 將幫助您完" +#~ "成後續工作。<emphasis>記住，當程式提示您輸入撥號連接名稱時，您應該輸入 " +#~ "<userinput>供應商名稱</userinput>。</emphasis>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Hopefully, the <command>pppconfig</command> program will walk you through " +#~ "a trouble-free PPP connection setup. However, if it does not work for " +#~ "you, see below for detailed instructions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果順利，<command>pppconfig</command> 能夠帶領您快速完成設定。否則，您需" +#~ "要繼續查看下面的具體指令介紹。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to setup PPP, you'll need to know the basics of file viewing and " +#~ "editing in GNU/Linux. To view files, you should use <command>more</" +#~ "command>, and <command>zmore</command> for compressed files with a " +#~ "<userinput>.gz</userinput> extension. For example, to view " +#~ "<filename>README.debian.gz</filename>, type <userinput>zmore README." +#~ "debian.gz</userinput>. The base system comes with an editor named " +#~ "<command>nano</command>, which is very simple to use, but does not have a " +#~ "lot of features. You will probably want to install more full-featured " +#~ "editors and viewers later, such as <command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</" +#~ "command>, <command>less</command>, and <command>emacs</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在開始之前，您需要瞭解在 GNU/Linux 中閱覽和編輯檔案的基礎知識。要閱覽一個" +#~ "檔案，您可以使用 <command>more</command>，和 <command>zmore</command> 閱覽" +#~ "副檔名為 <userinput>.gz</userinput> 的壓縮檔。例如：要閱覽 " +#~ "<filename>README.debian.gz</filename>，您可以鍵入指令 <userinput>zmore " +#~ "README.debian.gz</userinput>。最小安裝的系統中帶有一個使用簡單但功能略少的" +#~ "編輯器，叫 <command>nano</command>。您也可以後續安裝其它功能強大的編輯器" +#~ "如 <command>jed</command>, <command>nvi</command>, <command>less</" +#~ "command>，和 <command>emacs</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Edit <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> and replace <userinput>/" +#~ "dev/modem</userinput> with <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>#</replaceable> stands " +#~ "for the number of your serial port. In Linux, serial ports are counted " +#~ "from 0; your first serial port <phrase arch=\"i386\">(i.e., " +#~ "<userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> " +#~ "under Linux. <phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">On Macintoshes with serial " +#~ "ports, the modem port is <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> and the printer " +#~ "port is <filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename>.</phrase> The next step is to " +#~ "edit <filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename> and insert your " +#~ "provider's phone number, your user-name and password. Please do not " +#~ "delete the <quote>\\q</quote> that precedes the password. It hides the " +#~ "password from appearing in your log files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "編輯 <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> 並替換 <userinput>/dev/" +#~ "modem</userinput> 為 <userinput>/dev/ttyS<replaceable>#</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> 其中 <replaceable>#</replaceable> 取決於您的" +#~ "數據機序列埠編號。在 Linux 下，序列埠是從0開始，您的第一個序列埠 <phrase " +#~ "arch=\"i386\">(如 <userinput>COM1</userinput>)</phrase> 就叫 <filename>/" +#~ "dev/ttyS0</filename>。<phrase arch=\"powerpc;m68k\">如果您在 Macintoshes " +#~ "上，那麼數據機序列埠是 <filename>/dev/ttyS0</filename> 印表機的連接埠是 " +#~ "<filename>/dev/ttyS1</filename>。</phrase>下一步是編輯 <filename>/etc/" +#~ "chatscripts/provider</filename> 然後輸入供應商的電話號碼，您的使用者名稱與" +#~ "密碼。請勿刪除出現在密碼之前的 <quote>\\q</quote>。這是用來隱藏您的密碼，" +#~ "而不出現在紀錄檔案裡面。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Many providers use PAP or CHAP for login sequence instead of text mode " +#~ "authentication. Others use both. If your provider requires PAP or CHAP, " +#~ "you'll need to follow a different procedure. Comment out everything below " +#~ "the dialing string (the one that starts with <quote>ATDT</quote>) in " +#~ "<filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename>, modify <filename>/etc/ppp/" +#~ "peers/provider</filename> as described above, and add <userinput>user " +#~ "<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput> where <replaceable>name</" +#~ "replaceable> stands for your user-name for the provider you are trying to " +#~ "connect to. Next, edit <filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> or " +#~ "<filename>/etc/ppp/chap-secrets</filename> and enter your password there." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "許多供應商現在使用 PAP 或 CHAP 作為認證方式來取代最初的文字模式認證。部份" +#~ "ISP兩者都採用，如果您的ISP需要 PAP 或 CHAP，您需要按如下步驟進行設定：將檔" +#~ "案中撥號字串之後的所有內容加上註解符號 (即從 <quote>ATDT</quote>)，在 " +#~ "<filename>/etc/chatscripts/provider</filename> 裡同樣也把 <filename>/etc/" +#~ "ppp/peers/provider</filename> 檔案中撥號字串之後的內容加上註解，並添加 " +#~ "<userinput>user <replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>，其中 " +#~ "<replaceable>name</replaceable> 指的是您在ISP的撥號使用者名稱。然後編輯 " +#~ "<filename>/etc/ppp/pap-secrets</filename> 或 <filename>/etc/ppp/chap-" +#~ "secrets</filename> 並在其中填入您的密碼。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You will also need to edit <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add " +#~ "your provider's name server (DNS) IP addresses. The lines in <filename>/" +#~ "etc/resolv.conf</filename> are in the following format: " +#~ "<userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable></" +#~ "userinput> where the <replaceable>x</replaceable>s stand for numbers in " +#~ "your IP address. Optionally, you could add the <userinput>usepeerdns</" +#~ "userinput> option to the <filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename> " +#~ "file, which will enable automatic choosing of appropriate DNS servers, " +#~ "using settings the remote host usually provides." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您還需要編輯 <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>，將您的 ISP 網域名稱伺" +#~ "服器 (DNS) 的 IP 位址填寫進去。<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> 裡面" +#~ "內容的填寫格式應該是：<userinput>nameserver <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput> 這裡的 <replaceable>x</replaceable> 是 DNS 的 IP " +#~ "位址。作為選項，您也可以在 <userinput>usepeerdns</userinput> 中添加 " +#~ "<filename>/etc/ppp/peers/provider</filename>，這樣系統能夠在必要的時候選擇" +#~ "適當的 DNS 伺服器。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unless your provider has a login sequence different from the majority of " +#~ "ISPs, you are done! Start the PPP connection by typing <command>pon</" +#~ "command> as root, and monitor the process using <command>plog</command> " +#~ "command. To disconnect, use <command>poff</command>, again, as root." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除非您的 ISP 的登陸方式與其它主要 ISP 有極大的差異，否則這樣就設定完成了。" +#~ "以root的身份輸入 <command>pon</command> 就能啟用 PPP 連線，<command>plog</" +#~ "command> 能夠監控目前連接，要中斷連線，則同樣是以root身份執行 " +#~ "<command>poff</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Read <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> file for " +#~ "more information on using PPP on Debian." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "閱讀 <filename>/usr/share/doc/ppp/README.Debian.gz</filename> 可以獲得更" +#~ "多 Debian 上的 PPP 設定資訊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For static SLIP connections, you will need to add the " +#~ "<userinput>slattach</userinput> command (from the <classname>net-tools</" +#~ "classname> package) into <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename>. " +#~ "Dynamic SLIP will require the <classname>gnudip</classname> package." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "對於靜態 SLIP 連接來說，您需要加上 <userinput>slattach</userinput> 指令 " +#~ "(位於 <classname>net-tools</classname> 軟體套件中) 到 <filename>/etc/init." +#~ "d/network</filename>。動態 SLIP 需要 <classname>gnudip</classname> 軟體套" +#~ "件。" + +#~ msgid "Setting Up PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" +#~ msgstr "設定 PPP over Ethernet (PPPOE)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PPPOE is a protocol related to PPP used for some broadband connections. " +#~ "There is currently no support in base configuration to help you set this " +#~ "up. However, the necessary software has been installed, which means you " +#~ "can configure PPPOE manually at this stage of the installation by " +#~ "switching to VT2 and running <command>pppoeconf</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PPPOE 是與 PPP 相關的協定，用於寬頻連線。目前基本系統裡面不會幫您建立設" +#~ "定。然而，相應的軟體套件已經安裝，也就意味著您可以在本階段手動設定 PPPOE，" +#~ "只需切換到 VT2，然後執行 <command>pppoeconf</command>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring APT" +#~ msgstr "設定 APT" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via " +#~ "a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +#~ "classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +#~ "installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this " +#~ "package is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a " +#~ "higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as " +#~ "appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are " +#~ "required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to " +#~ "retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </" +#~ "footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command>, <command>synaptic</command> and the older " +#~ "<command>dselect</command> also use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +#~ "command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +#~ "integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) " +#~ "in a nice user interface." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "本節的重點是 <command>apt-get</command>，這是一個用來安裝各種軟體的程式，" +#~ "它被包含在 <classname>apt</classname> 軟體套件中。<footnote> <para> 事實" +#~ "上，真正用來安裝軟體套件的程式是 <command>dpkg</command>。但這是一個比較低" +#~ "階的工具。<command>apt-get</command> 是一個高階工具，它可以在適當的時候執" +#~ "行 <command>dpkg</command>，並在安裝某個軟體套件時自動安裝所需的其它軟體套" +#~ "件， 並且能夠從您的光碟、網路或其它地方下載這些套件。</para> </footnote> " +#~ "其他的套件管理前端程式，像 <command>aptitude</command>，" +#~ "<command>synaptic</command> 和較早的 <command>dselect</command> 也是使用並" +#~ "依賴 <command>apt-get</command>。在此推薦這些前端軟體給新使用者使用，因為" +#~ "它們在良好的使用者介面下整合了一些其他功能 (搜索套件與狀態檢驗)。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "APT must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. " +#~ "The helper application which assists in this task is called <command>apt-" +#~ "setup</command>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您必須設定 APT，使它明白該從哪裡取得軟體套件。有一個幫助您完成這工作的程式" +#~ "叫 <command>apt-setup</command>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next step in your configuration process is to tell APT where other " +#~ "Debian packages can be found. Note that you can re-run this tool at any " +#~ "point after installation by running <command>apt-setup</command>, or by " +#~ "manually editing <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "然後該告訴 APT 其它軟體套件可以在什麼地方取得軟體套件。您可以在安裝完畢後" +#~ "的任何時候重新執行 <command>apt-setup</command> 以進行設定，或者手動編輯 " +#~ "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If an official CD-ROM is in the drive at this point, then that CD-ROM " +#~ "should automatically be configured as an apt source without prompting. " +#~ "You will notice this because you will see the CD-ROM being scanned." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果此時光碟機內放有官方發佈的光碟，那麼光碟機將會被自動設定為 apt 來源，" +#~ "而不會有提示。您會發現系統掃瞄您的光碟。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For users without an official CD-ROM, you will be offered an array of " +#~ "choices for how Debian packages are accessed: FTP, HTTP, CD-ROM, or a " +#~ "local file system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "對於那些沒有官方發佈光碟的使用者，有一列選項會讓您選擇如何取得軟體套件：" +#~ "FTP、HTTP、CD-ROM 或者本地檔案系統。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You should know that it's perfectly acceptable to have a number of " +#~ "different APT sources, even for the same Debian archive. <command>apt-" +#~ "get</command> will automatically pick the package with the highest " +#~ "version number given all the available versions. Or, for instance, if you " +#~ "have both an HTTP and a CD-ROM APT source, <command>apt-get</command> " +#~ "should automatically use the local CD-ROM when possible, and only resort " +#~ "to HTTP if a newer version is available there. However, it is not a good " +#~ "idea to add unnecessary APT sources, since this will tend to slow down " +#~ "the process of checking the network archives for new versions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您完全可以添加多個不同的 APT 來源 (甚至是同一 Debian 檔案庫也可以)。" +#~ "<command>apt-get</command> 會自動挑選出軟體套件中的最新版本。例如，如果您" +#~ "同時使用 HTTP 和 CD-ROM 作為 APT 來源，<command>apt-get</command> 會在有新" +#~ "版本的時候採用 HTTP 來源，沒有新版本時自動採用 CD-ROM 來源。儘管如此，仍然" +#~ "不建議您增加不必要的 APT 來源，因為這會大降低檢查網路檔案庫中新版本軟體的" +#~ "速度。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Network Package Sources" +#~ msgstr "設定網路軟體套件來源" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you plan on installing the rest of your system via the network, the " +#~ "most common option is to select the <userinput>http</userinput> source. " +#~ "The <userinput>ftp</userinput> source is also acceptable, but tends to be " +#~ "somewhat slower making connections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您計劃透過網路安裝系統的其它部分，常見的作法是選擇 <userinput>http</" +#~ "userinput> 來源。當然，<userinput>ftp</userinput> 來源也是可以的，只是在連" +#~ "接時會略慢一些。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The next step during the configuration of network package sources is to " +#~ "tell <command>apt-setup</command> which country you live in. This " +#~ "configures which of the official Debian Internet mirrors you will connect " +#~ "to. Depending on which country you select, you will be presented with a " +#~ "list of possible servers. It's generally fine to pick the one at the top " +#~ "of the list, but any of them should work. Note however that the mirror " +#~ "list provided by the installation was generated when this version of " +#~ "Debian was released and some mirrors may no longer be available." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "接下來您需要告訴 <command>apt-setup</command> 您生活在哪個國家。Debian會為" +#~ "您選擇最近的官方 Debian 網路鏡像站。根據您選擇的國家，程式會列出一些可能的" +#~ "伺服器列表。通常選擇最上面的一個，但所有伺服器應該都是正常可用的。之後，進" +#~ "行測試，如果您發現任何問題，您應該選擇另外一個。請注意，伺服器列表是在發" +#~ "行 Debian 時生成的，在發行之後到您安裝的這段時間內，一些鏡像網站也許無法存" +#~ "取。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you have selected a mirror, you will be asked if a proxy server " +#~ "should be used. A proxy server is a server that will forward all your " +#~ "HTTP and/or FTP requests to the Internet and is most often used to " +#~ "regulate and optimize access to the Internet on corporate networks. In " +#~ "some networks only the proxy server is allowed access to the Internet, in " +#~ "which case you will have to enter the name of the proxy server. You may " +#~ "also have to include an user name and password. Most home users will not " +#~ "need to specify a proxy server, although some ISPs may provide proxy " +#~ "servers for their users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "選擇鏡像站之後，您將會被詢問是否需要使用代理伺服器。代理伺服器是用來轉送您" +#~ "以 HTTP 和/或 FTP 要求存取網際網路的伺服器，通常在公司網路裡用來調節和最佳" +#~ "化網際網路的使用效率。在某些網路中只能透過代理伺服器存取網際網路，因此您不" +#~ "得不輸入代理伺服器名稱。您可能還要輸入使用者名稱和密碼。大多數的家庭使用者" +#~ "不需設定代理伺服器，這是因為一些 ISP 會提供。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "After you select a mirror, your new network package source will be " +#~ "tested. If all goes well, you will be prompted whether you want to add " +#~ "another package source. If you have any problems using the package source " +#~ "you selected, try using a different mirror (either from your country list " +#~ "or from the global list), or try using a different network package source." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "選擇鏡像之後，系統會測試您的網路軟體套件來源。一切正常的話，程式會提示您是" +#~ "否想要設定其它的網路來源。如果您的軟體套件源有問題，可以嘗試不同的鏡像網" +#~ "站 (從您的國家列表中或者全體列表) 或者使用不同的網路軟體套件來源。" + +#~ msgid "Package Installation" +#~ msgstr "安裝軟體套件" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Next you will be offered a number of pre-rolled software configurations " +#~ "offered by Debian. You could always choose, package by package, what you " +#~ "want to install on your new machine. This is the purpose of the " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> program, described below. But this can be a " +#~ "long task with around &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian!" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "接下來，您將看到 Debain 事先選擇好的一些軟體套件。您可以逐個選擇哪些需要安" +#~ "裝到您的新系統上。這是 <command>aptitude</command> 程式的目的，後面會說" +#~ "明。但這可能是一項困難的任務，因為 Debian 有 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 個軟體" +#~ "套件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +#~ "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent " +#~ "a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, " +#~ "such as <quote>desktop environment</quote>, <quote>web server</quote>, or " +#~ "<quote>print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to " +#~ "present this list, <command>base-config</command> is merely invoking the " +#~ "<command>tasksel</command> program. For manual package selection, the " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> program is being run. Any of these can be run " +#~ "at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages. If " +#~ "you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is " +#~ "complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</" +#~ "replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the " +#~ "name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the " +#~ "available tasks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "所以，您可以先選擇 <emphasis>tasks</emphasis>，然後再單獨添加軟體套件。軟" +#~ "體集約略表示您要在電腦上從事的各類工作，例如 <quote>desktop environment</" +#~ "quote>、<quote>web server</quote> 或者 <quote>print server</" +#~ "quote><footnote> <para> 您應該知道顯示這個列表，<command>base-config</" +#~ "command> 僅是執行 <command>tasksel</command> 程式。手動選擇安裝軟體套件" +#~ "時，<command>aptitude</command> 程式則被呼叫。安裝程序之後的任何時候，一旦" +#~ "需要安裝 (或者刪除) 更多的軟體套件，它都被使用。如果您在尋找特定的軟體套" +#~ "件，當安裝完成後，只需執行 <userinput>aptitude install " +#~ "<replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, 其中 " +#~ "<replaceable>package</replaceable> 是您需要的軟體套件名稱。</para> </" +#~ "footnote>。<xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> 列出各 task 所需的空間。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At " +#~ "this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've " +#~ "selected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "當您選擇了軟體集之後，選擇 <guibutton>確定</guibutton>。此時，" +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Even if you did not select any tasks at all, any standard, important, or " +#~ "required priority packages that are not yet present on your system will " +#~ "be installed. This functionality is the same as running " +#~ "<userinput>tasksel -ris</userinput> at the command line, and currently " +#~ "involves a download of about 37M of archives. You will be shown the " +#~ "number of packages to be installed, and how many kilobytes of packages, " +#~ "if any, need to be downloaded." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "注意，即使您沒有選擇任何軟體集，但標準的、重要的，或者系統優先要求的軟體套" +#~ "件將被安裝。該功能相當於在命令列下執行 <userinput>tasksel -ris</" +#~ "userinput>，目前包括下載一個大約 37M 的套件。您會看到將要安裝的軟體套件，" +#~ "若套件需要被下載，您也會看見軟體套件的檔案大小。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do want to choose what to install on a package by package basis, " +#~ "select the <quote>manual package selection</quote> option in " +#~ "<command>tasksel</command>. If you select one or more tasks alongside " +#~ "this option, <command>aptitude</command> will be called with the " +#~ "<command>--visual-preview</command> option. This means you will be able " +#~ "to review<footnote> <para> You can also change the default selections. If " +#~ "you would like to select any additional package, use <menuchoice> " +#~ "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Package View</guimenuitem> </" +#~ "menuchoice>. </para> </footnote> the packages that are to be installed. " +#~ "If you do not select any tasks, the normal <command>aptitude</command> " +#~ "screen will be displayed. After making your selections you should press " +#~ "<quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> to start the download and " +#~ "installation of packages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您想基於軟體套件安裝軟體，選擇位於 <command>tasksel</command> 的 " +#~ "<quote>手動選取套件</quote> 選項。如果您選擇該選項旁的一個或多項軟體集，" +#~ "aptitude 將以 <command>--visual-preview</command> 選項執行。這表示您可以檢" +#~ "查<footnote> <para> 您可以修改這項預設選擇。如果您希望選擇額外的軟體套件，" +#~ "使用 <menuchoice> <guimenu>瀏覽</guimenu> <guimenuitem>瀏覽新套件</" +#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。</para> </footnote> 那些將要安裝的軟體套件。如" +#~ "果您不選擇任何軟體集，則一般的 <command>aptitude</command> 畫面被顯示。選" +#~ "擇完畢，請按下 <quote><userinput>g</userinput></quote> 開始下載和安裝軟體" +#~ "套件。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you choose <quote>manual package selection</quote> <emphasis>without</" +#~ "emphasis> selecting any tasks, no packages will be installed by default. " +#~ "This means you can use this option if you want to install a minimal " +#~ "system, but also that the responsibility for selecting any packages not " +#~ "installed as part of the base system (before the reboot) that might be " +#~ "required for your system lies with you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您選擇<quote>手動選取套件</quote><emphasis>而不</emphasis>選擇軟體集，" +#~ "預設不會安裝任何軟體套件。這就是說，如果您希望安裝一個最小系統，並且您的系" +#~ "統 (啟動之前) 不需要安裝任何軟體套件，可用使用該選項。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Of the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; packages available in Debian, only a small " +#~ "minority are covered by tasks offered in the Task Installer. To see " +#~ "information on more packages, either use <userinput>apt-cache search " +#~ "<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> for some given " +#~ "search string (see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</" +#~ "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page), or run " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> as described below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 &num-of-distrib-pkgs; 的 Debian 軟體套件中，只有少數被軟體集安裝程式涵" +#~ "蓋。為了瞭解更多軟體套件的資訊，請使用 <userinput>apt-cache search " +#~ "<replaceable>search-string</replaceable></userinput> 搜索字串 (請參閱 " +#~ "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>apt-cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</" +#~ "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man 頁), 或者執行 <command>aptitude</command> " +#~ "以觀看畫面下面的說明。" + +#~ msgid "Advanced Package Selection with <command>aptitude</command>" +#~ msgstr "<command>aptitude</command> 軟體套件進階選擇" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> is a modern program for managing packages. " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> allows you to select individual packages, set " +#~ "of packages matching given criteria (for advanced users), or whole tasks." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<command>Aptitude</command> 是管理軟體套件的流行軟體。<command>aptitude</" +#~ "command> 允許您選擇單獨的軟體套件，符合指定要求的軟體套件群組 (針對進階使" +#~ "用者)，或者整個軟體集。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The most basic keybindings are: <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> " +#~ "<thead> <row> <entry>Key</entry><entry>Action</entry> </row> </thead> " +#~ "<tbody> <row> <entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Move selection up or down.</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</" +#~ "entry> <entry>Open/collapse/activate item.</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package for installation.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></entry> <entry>Mark package " +#~ "for removal.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> " +#~ "<entry>Show package dependencies.</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>g</" +#~ "keycap></entry> <entry>Actually download/install/remove packages.</entry> " +#~ "</row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>Quit current view.</" +#~ "entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>Activate " +#~ "menu.</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> For more commands " +#~ "see the online help under the <keycap>?</keycap> key." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "最基本的按鍵組合是： <informaltable> <tgroup cols=\"2\"> <thead> <row> " +#~ "<entry>按鍵</entry><entry>動作</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>Up</keycap>, <keycap>Down</keycap></entry> <entry>上下移到" +#~ "選項。</entry> </row><row> <entry>&enterkey;</entry> <entry>展開/關閉/啟" +#~ "用 項目。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>+</keycap></entry> <entry>標" +#~ "註要安裝的軟體套件。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>-</keycap></" +#~ "entry> <entry>標註要刪除的軟體套件。</entry> </row><row> " +#~ "<entry><keycap>d</keycap></entry> <entry>顯示軟體套件依賴關係。</entry> </" +#~ "row><row> <entry><keycap>g</keycap></entry> <entry>實際 下載/安裝/刪除 軟" +#~ "體套件。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>q</keycap></entry> <entry>離開" +#~ "目前畫面。</entry> </row><row> <entry><keycap>F10</keycap></entry> <entry>" +#~ "啟用選單</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> 查看更多的幫助請" +#~ "按 <keycap>?</keycap> 鍵。" + +#~ msgid "Prompts During Software Installation" +#~ msgstr "軟體安裝過程中的指令" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> or " +#~ "<command>aptitude</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in " +#~ "turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> " +#~ "programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, " +#~ "it will prompt you during this process. You might also want to keep an " +#~ "eye on the output during the process, to watch for any installation " +#~ "errors (although you will be asked to acknowledge errors which prevented " +#~ "a package's installation)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您透過 <command>tasksel</command> 或 <command>aptitude</command> 選擇的每" +#~ "個軟體套件包，都是由 <command>apt-get</command> 和 <command>dpkg</" +#~ "command> 程式下載、解開並安裝的。部份特殊的軟體在安裝過程中需要使用者提供" +#~ "更多的資訊，在這一過程中會有相關提示。您需要留意該過程的螢幕輸出，以判斷安" +#~ "裝中是發生錯誤 (儘管一般情況下如果一個軟體套件無法安裝，您會收到一個明確的" +#~ "錯誤訊息)。" + +#~ msgid "Settings for the X Server" +#~ msgstr "設定 X 伺服器" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "On iMacs, and some older Macintoshes as well, the X Server software " +#~ "doesn't calculate appropriate video settings. You will need to choose the " +#~ "<guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem> option during configuration of the " +#~ "video settings. For the monitor's horizontal sync range, enter " +#~ "59–63. You can leave the default for vertical refresh range." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 iMacs 或者一些古老的 Macintoshes 機器上，X 伺服器軟體無法自動計算出適當" +#~ "的顯示卡設定。您需要在設定顯示卡時選擇<guimenuitem>進階</guimenuitem>選" +#~ "項，在螢幕的水平同步範圍中，填入 59–63。對垂直更新範圍，可以選擇預設" +#~ "值。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The mouse device should be set to <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>." +#~ msgstr "滑鼠設備可以設定為 <userinput>/dev/input/mice</userinput>。" + +#~ msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +#~ msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +#~ "surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of " +#~ "the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +#~ "<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy " +#~ "to learn." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "今天，電子郵件已經成為很多人生活中不可或缺的部份，所以，Debian 讓您在安裝" +#~ "過程中設定郵件傳輸代理，並不是件奇怪的事。Debian 中的標準郵件傳輸代理是 " +#~ "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to " +#~ "any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some " +#~ "system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +#~ "<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via " +#~ "email." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您可能會問，我的電腦並沒有連接到網路上，是否也需要這一步呢？答案是：是的。" +#~ "稍長一點的解釋是：部份系統工具 (例如 <command>cron</command>, " +#~ "<command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵" +#~ "件發送的。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +#~ "scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "所以，在第一個螢幕上您可以看到幾個常見的郵件設定方案。請選擇一個最適合您需" +#~ "求的。" + +#~ msgid "internet site" +#~ msgstr "網際網路站" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +#~ "directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few " +#~ "basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for " +#~ "which you accept or relay mail." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的系統連接到網路上，並且您透過 SMTP 直接收發郵件。在接下來的幾頁中，程式" +#~ "會詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等" +#~ "等。" + +#~ msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +#~ msgstr "用 smarthost 發信" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, " +#~ "called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. " +#~ "Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, " +#~ "so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to " +#~ "download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This " +#~ "option is suitable for dial-up users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在這個方案中，您的外送郵件將被另一台我們稱之為 <quote>smarthost</quote> 的" +#~ "主機轉發，由它來完成實際的郵件發送工作。Smarthost 通常也能存放將要投遞到您" +#~ "的電腦上的郵件，因此您並不需要永遠連線。也就是說，您必須透過諸如 " +#~ "fetchmail 之類的程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用" +#~ "者。" + +#~ msgid "local delivery only" +#~ msgstr "僅在本地發送" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +#~ "local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +#~ "highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +#~ "alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</" +#~ "quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't " +#~ "ask any further questions." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您的系統並未連接網路，則郵件僅僅在本地使用者間傳遞。即使您不打算發送任何郵" +#~ "件，我們也建議您選擇此選項，因為部份系統工具可能隨時會發送一些警告資訊 (例" +#~ "如：可愛的 <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>)。由於選擇此項後不需要回答任" +#~ "何問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。" + +#~ msgid "no configuration at this time" +#~ msgstr "現在不進行設定" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +#~ "This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +#~ "configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may " +#~ "miss some important messages from your system utilities." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除非您真的知道您在做什麼，否則請不要選擇這一選項。這會留下一個未設定的郵件" +#~ "系統 — 在您再次設定它之前，您都無法收發任何郵件，並且可能會錯過一些" +#~ "系統工具發出的重要資訊。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer " +#~ "setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/" +#~ "exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More " +#~ "information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/" +#~ "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果以上的方案都不適合您的需求，或者您需要一個更好的設定，在安裝完畢後，您" +#~ "可以編輯 <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> 目錄下的設定檔。您還可以在 " +#~ "<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename> 下找到更多關於 <command>exim4</" +#~ "command> 的資料。" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po index ac65febf5..9d32a1be8 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/install-methods.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 12:10+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:645, index.docbook:739 #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:650 install-methods.xml:746 +#: install-methods.xml:650 install-methods.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "USB stick partitioning on &arch-title;" msgstr "&arch-title; 上的 USB 隨身碟分割區" @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:724 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration file should contain the " "following two lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -972,9 +972,7 @@ msgid "" "append initrd=initrd.gz ramdisk_size=12000 root=/dev/ram rw\n" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>ramdisk_size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " -"are booting. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If the boot fails, you can try " -"adding <userinput>devfs=mount,dall</userinput> to the <quote>append</quote> " -"line. </phrase>" +"are booting." msgstr "" "<filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> 設定檔案應該含有下列兩行： " "<informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -986,7 +984,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 到 <quote>append</quote> 那一行。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:747 +#: install-methods.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Most USB sticks do not come pre-configured in such a way that Open Firmware " @@ -1012,7 +1010,7 @@ msgstr "" "套件中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:763 +#: install-methods.xml:759 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to start the kernel after booting from the USB stick, we will put a " @@ -1027,7 +1025,7 @@ msgstr "" "改變 boot-loader 的設定檔。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:772 +#: install-methods.xml:768 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The normal <command>ybin</command> tool that comes with <command>yaboot</" @@ -1061,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" "其他部分就可以用普通的 Unix 工具來處理了。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:788 +#: install-methods.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/sda2 /mnt</userinput>) and copy " @@ -1071,38 +1069,38 @@ msgstr "" "檔案從 Debain 檔案庫拷貝到儲存上：" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:794 +#: install-methods.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinux</filename> (核心二進位文件)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:799 +#: install-methods.xml:795 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (初始化記憶體映像檔)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:804 +#: install-methods.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot configuration file)" msgstr "<filename>yaboot.conf</filename> (yaboot 設定檔案)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:809 +#: install-methods.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (optional boot message)" msgstr "<filename>boot.msg</filename> (可選的啟動資訊)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:814 +#: install-methods.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "Optional kernel modules" msgstr "可選的核心模組" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:821 -#, no-c-format +#: install-methods.xml:817 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> configuration file should contain the " "following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1114,8 +1112,7 @@ msgid "" "image=/vmlinux\n" " label=install\n" " initrd=/initrd.gz\n" -" initrd-size=10000<phrase condition=\"sarge\">\n" -" append=\"devfs=mount,dall --\"</phrase>\n" +" initrd-size=10000\n" " read-only\n" "</screen></informalexample> Please note that the <userinput>initrd-size</" "userinput> parameter may need to be increased, depending on the image you " @@ -1139,13 +1136,13 @@ msgstr "" "像的大小。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:836 +#: install-methods.xml:832 #, no-c-format msgid "Adding an ISO image" msgstr "添加 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:837 +#: install-methods.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you should put any Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or even a " @@ -1157,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>.iso</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:843 +#: install-methods.xml:839 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to install over the network, without using an ISO image, you " @@ -1172,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" "gz</filename> 並不包含網路支援。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:852 +#: install-methods.xml:848 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you are done, unmount the USB memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</" @@ -1182,13 +1179,13 @@ msgstr "" "護。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:862 +#: install-methods.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "Booting the USB stick" msgstr "以 USB 隨身碟開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:863 +#: install-methods.xml:859 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system refuses to boot from the memory stick, the stick may contain " @@ -1200,19 +1197,19 @@ msgstr "" "自 <classname>mbr</classname> 軟體套件：" #. Tag: screen -#: install-methods.xml:870 +#: install-methods.xml:866 #, no-c-format msgid "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" msgstr "# install-mbr /dev/<replaceable>sda</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:882 +#: install-methods.xml:878 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for Hard Disk Booting" msgstr "準備從硬碟開機的檔案" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:883 +#: install-methods.xml:879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may be booted using boot files placed on an existing hard " @@ -1223,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "或者直接使用 BIOS 提供的 boot-loader 直接啟動。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:889 +#: install-methods.xml:885 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A full, <quote>pure network</quote> installation can be achieved using this " @@ -1236,13 +1233,13 @@ msgstr "" "不清。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:896 +#: install-methods.xml:892 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer cannot boot from files on an NTFS file system." msgstr "安裝程式無法在 NTFS 檔案系統上開機。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:900 +#: install-methods.xml:896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer cannot boot from files on an HFS+ file system. MacOS System " @@ -1262,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" "和 Linux 之間交換檔案，特別是那些您下載的安裝檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:911 +#: install-methods.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Different programs are used for hard disk installation system booting, " @@ -1273,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝程式開機時將使用不同的安裝檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:920 +#: install-methods.xml:916 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hard disk installer booting using <command>LILO</command> or <command>GRUB</" @@ -1282,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用 <command>LILO</command> 或 <command>GRUB</command>啟動硬碟安裝程式" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:922 +#: install-methods.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to add to or even replace an existing linux " @@ -1292,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" "或者甚至替換現有的 linux 安裝。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:928 +#: install-methods.xml:924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At boot time, both bootloaders support loading in memory not only the " @@ -1303,7 +1300,7 @@ msgstr "" "擬磁碟可以被用做核心的根檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:934 +#: install-methods.xml:930 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Copy the following files from the Debian archives to a convenient location " @@ -1313,19 +1310,19 @@ msgstr "" "newinstall/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:941 +#: install-methods.xml:937 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>vmlinuz</filename> (kernel binary)" msgstr "<filename>vmlinuz</filename>(核心二進位文件)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:946 +#: install-methods.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (ramdisk image)" msgstr "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (記憶體虛擬磁碟映像)" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:953 +#: install-methods.xml:949 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, to configure the bootloader proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd" @@ -1333,13 +1330,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最後，要設定 boot-loader，請進入 <xref linkend=\"boot-initrd\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:963 +#: install-methods.xml:959 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for OldWorld Macs" msgstr "OldWorld Macs 上的硬碟開機安裝程式" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:964 +#: install-methods.xml:960 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <filename>boot-floppy-hfs</filename> floppy uses <application>miBoot</" @@ -1361,7 +1358,7 @@ msgstr "" "是必須的。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:977 +#: install-methods.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Download and unstuff the <application>BootX</application> distribution, " @@ -1387,13 +1384,13 @@ msgstr "" "目錄中，然後把 <filename>Linux Kernels</filename> 目錄放到活動的系統目錄中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:997 +#: install-methods.xml:993 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Disk Installer Booting for NewWorld Macs" msgstr "NewWorld Macs 下啟動硬碟安裝程式" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:998 +#: install-methods.xml:994 #, no-c-format msgid "" "NewWorld PowerMacs support booting from a network or an ISO9660 CD-ROM, as " @@ -1411,7 +1408,7 @@ msgstr "" "援，也一定不能用在 NewWorld PowerMacs 上。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1009 +#: install-methods.xml:1005 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<emphasis>Copy</emphasis> (not move) the following four files which you " @@ -1424,31 +1421,31 @@ msgstr "" "到硬碟圖示的方法來完成)。" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1019 +#: install-methods.xml:1015 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinux" msgstr "vmlinux" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1024 +#: install-methods.xml:1020 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.gz" msgstr "initrd.gz" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1029 +#: install-methods.xml:1025 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot" msgstr "yaboot" #. Tag: filename -#: install-methods.xml:1034 +#: install-methods.xml:1030 #, no-c-format msgid "yaboot.conf" msgstr "yaboot.conf" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1039 +#: install-methods.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make a note of the partition number of the MacOS partition where you place " @@ -1462,19 +1459,19 @@ msgstr "" "個分割區號碼用於在 Open Firmware 提示符號下面輸入指令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1047 +#: install-methods.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "To boot the installer, proceed to <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>." msgstr "要啟動安裝程式，請進入 <xref linkend=\"boot-newworld\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1060 +#: install-methods.xml:1056 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing Files for TFTP Net Booting" msgstr "準備以 TFTP 網路開機用的檔案" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1061 +#: install-methods.xml:1057 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine is connected to a local area network, you may be able to " @@ -1488,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "上面的某個特殊地方，並且設定您的機器從該機器進行開機。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1069 +#: install-methods.xml:1065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to setup a TFTP server, and for many machines, a BOOTP server " @@ -1500,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "condition=\"supports-dhcp\">，又或 DHCP 伺服器</phrase>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1075 +#: install-methods.xml:1071 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase condition=\"supports-rarp\">The Reverse Address Resolution Protocol " @@ -1524,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "BOOTP 延伸。有一些系統只能透過 DHCP 來配置。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1092 +#: install-methods.xml:1088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, if you have a NewWorld Power Macintosh machine, it is a good " @@ -1535,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" "替 BOOTP 比較好。有些最新的機器不能從 BOOTP 開機。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1098 +#: install-methods.xml:1094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unlike the Open Firmware found on Sparc and PowerPC machines, the SRM " @@ -1556,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>。您也可以直接在 SRM 控制台中直接輸入網路介面的 IP 設定。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1115 +#: install-methods.xml:1111 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some older HPPA machines (e.g. 715/75) use RBOOTD rather than BOOTP. There " @@ -1566,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "" "網站上能夠找到 RBOOTD 軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1120 +#: install-methods.xml:1116 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is used to serve the boot image to " @@ -1580,7 +1577,7 @@ msgstr "" "上面的一些操作例子。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1128 +#: install-methods.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use the Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) method of TFTP booting, you " @@ -1594,13 +1591,13 @@ msgstr "" "求，我們建議使用 <classname>tftpd-hpa</classname>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1146 +#: install-methods.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up RARP server" msgstr "設置 RARP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1147 +#: install-methods.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To setup RARP, you need to know the Ethernet address (a.k.a. the MAC " @@ -1618,7 +1615,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>/sbin/ifconfig eth0</userinput> 指令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1159 +#: install-methods.xml:1155 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.2.x kernel, you need to populate the " @@ -1653,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>rarp</command> 指令。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1175 +#: install-methods.xml:1171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On a RARP server system using a Linux 2.4.x kernel, there is no RARP module, " @@ -1665,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "法。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1183 +#: install-methods.xml:1179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Under SunOS, you need to ensure that the Ethernet hardware address for the " @@ -1682,13 +1679,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用 <userinput>/usr/sbin/rarpd -a</userinput> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1202 +#: install-methods.xml:1198 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up BOOTP server" msgstr "設置 BOOTP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1203 +#: install-methods.xml:1199 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two BOOTP servers available for GNU/Linux, the CMU " @@ -1702,7 +1699,7 @@ msgstr "" "體套件中。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1211 +#: install-methods.xml:1207 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use CMU <command>bootpd</command>, you must first uncomment (or add) the " @@ -1757,7 +1754,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 MAC 位址。 </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1244 +#: install-methods.xml:1240 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By contrast, setting up BOOTP with ISC <command>dhcpd</command> is really " @@ -1777,13 +1774,13 @@ msgstr "" "令是：<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1265 +#: install-methods.xml:1261 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up a DHCP server" msgstr "設置 DHCP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1266 +#: install-methods.xml:1262 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One free software DHCP server is ISC <command>dhcpd</command>. In &debian;, " @@ -1839,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" "檔。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1278 +#: install-methods.xml:1274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this example, there is one server <replaceable>servername</replaceable> " @@ -1855,7 +1852,7 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 取得的檔案名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1288 +#: install-methods.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have edited the <command>dhcpd</command> configuration file, " @@ -1865,13 +1862,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>/etc/init.d/dhcpd restart</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1296 +#: install-methods.xml:1292 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling PXE Booting in the DHCP configuration" msgstr "在 DHCP 設定中打開 PXE 開機功能" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1297 +#: install-methods.xml:1293 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is another example for a <filename>dhcp.conf</filename> using the Pre-" @@ -1943,13 +1940,13 @@ msgstr "" "面的<xref linkend=\"tftp-images\"/> )。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1313 +#: install-methods.xml:1309 #, no-c-format msgid "Enabling the TFTP Server" msgstr "啟用 TFTP 伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1314 +#: install-methods.xml:1310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get the TFTP server ready to go, you should first make sure that " @@ -1967,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Debian 套件通常在安裝後會自動把這條設定好。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1325 +#: install-methods.xml:1321 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Look in that file and remember the directory which is used as the argument " @@ -1991,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>inetd-pid</replaceable></userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1339 +#: install-methods.xml:1335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to install Debian on an SGI machine and your TFTP server is a " @@ -2019,13 +2016,13 @@ msgstr "" "這個錯誤。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1361 +#: install-methods.xml:1357 #, no-c-format msgid "Move TFTP Images Into Place" msgstr "將 TFTP 映像放到適當的位置" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1362 +#: install-methods.xml:1358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, place the TFTP boot image you need, as found in <xref linkend=\"where-" @@ -2042,7 +2039,7 @@ msgstr "" "個強制的標準。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1372 +#: install-methods.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On NewWorld Power Macintosh machines, you will need to set up the " @@ -2059,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "" "TFTP 目錄。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1381 +#: install-methods.xml:1377 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2074,7 +2071,7 @@ msgstr "" "機所需的檔案名傳遞至 <command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1389 +#: install-methods.xml:1385 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PXE booting, everything you should need is set up in the " @@ -2089,13 +2086,13 @@ msgstr "" "efi</filename> 以開機所需的檔案名傳遞至<command>tftpd</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1401 +#: install-methods.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "DECstation TFTP Images" msgstr "DECstation TFTP 映像檔" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1402 +#: install-methods.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For DECstations, there are tftpimage files for each subarchitecture, which " @@ -2110,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 tftpimage 檔案拷貝至 <userinput>/tftpboot/tftpboot.img</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1411 +#: install-methods.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The DECstation firmware boots by TFTP with the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2127,13 +2124,13 @@ msgstr "" "數，他們可以按照下列語法加入：" #. Tag: userinput -#: install-methods.xml:1423 +#: install-methods.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." msgstr "boot #/tftp/filename param1=value1 param2=value2 ..." #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1425 +#: install-methods.xml:1421 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Several DECstation firmware revisions show a problem with regard to net " @@ -2167,13 +2164,13 @@ msgstr "" "www.netbsd.org/Ports/pmax/board-list.html#proms\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1463 +#: install-methods.xml:1459 #, no-c-format msgid "Alpha TFTP Booting" msgstr "Alpha TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1464 +#: install-methods.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On Alpha, you must specify the filename (as a relative path to the boot " @@ -2194,13 +2191,13 @@ msgstr "" "檔案名稱。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1479 +#: install-methods.xml:1475 #, no-c-format msgid "SPARC TFTP Booting" msgstr "SPARC TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1480 +#: install-methods.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "" "SPARC architectures for instance use the subarchitecture names, such as " @@ -2227,7 +2224,7 @@ msgstr "" "該將所有的字母改成大寫並在必要時加上子架構名。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1497 +#: install-methods.xml:1493 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can also force some sparc systems to look for a specific file name by " @@ -2240,13 +2237,13 @@ msgstr "" "仍然必須被放置在 TFTP 伺服器要查找的目錄中。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1508 +#: install-methods.xml:1504 #, no-c-format msgid "BVM/Motorola TFTP Booting" msgstr "BVM/Motorola TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1509 +#: install-methods.xml:1505 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For BVM and Motorola VMEbus systems copy the files &bvme6000-tftp-files; to " @@ -2256,7 +2253,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 <filename>/tftpboot/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1514 +#: install-methods.xml:1510 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, configure your boot ROMs or BOOTP server to initially load the " @@ -2271,13 +2268,13 @@ msgstr "" "子架構的系統特殊配置資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1526 +#: install-methods.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "SGI Indys TFTP Booting" msgstr "SGI Indys TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1527 +#: install-methods.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On SGI Indys you can rely on the <command>bootpd</command> to supply the " @@ -2291,13 +2288,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>filename=</userinput>選項。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1539 +#: install-methods.xml:1535 #, no-c-format msgid "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP Booting" msgstr "Broadcom BCM91250A TFTP 開機" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1540 +#: install-methods.xml:1536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You don't have to configure DHCP in a special way because you'll pass the " @@ -2307,13 +2304,13 @@ msgstr "" "去。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1645 +#: install-methods.xml:1641 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation" msgstr "自動化安裝" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1646 +#: install-methods.xml:1642 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installing on multiple computers it's possible to do fully automatic " @@ -2328,13 +2325,13 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>autoinstall</classname>，以及 Debian 安裝程式本身。" #. Tag: title -#: install-methods.xml:1659 +#: install-methods.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "Automatic Installation Using the Debian Installer" msgstr "使用 Debian 安裝程式進行自動安裝" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1660 +#: install-methods.xml:1656 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian Installer supports automating installs via preconfiguration " @@ -2346,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "" "可從移動媒介上載入，並且被用來在安裝過程中自動回答問題。" #. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1667 +#: install-methods.xml:1663 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Full documentation on preseeding including a working example that you can " @@ -2355,115 +2352,97 @@ msgstr "" "預先設定檔是按照 debconf-set-selections 指令的格式寫成的。這裡有一個具有詳盡" "註解並能正常工作的預先設定檔例子：<xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1672 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Although most dialogs used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " -"there are some notable exceptions. You can (re)partition an entire disk or " -"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " -"partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM. " -"Also, with the exception of network driver modules, it is not possible to " -"preconfigure kernel module parameters." -msgstr "" -"雖然大多 &d-i; 使用的對話框可以用這種方法預設，但還是有明顯的例外。目前還無法" -"預設 RAID 和 LVM。另外還有，網路驅動模組，也無法預先設置核心模組參數。" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Although most dialogs used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +#~ "there are some notable exceptions. You can (re)partition an entire disk " +#~ "or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +#~ "partitions. You currently cannot use preseeding to set up RAID and LVM. " +#~ "Also, with the exception of network driver modules, it is not possible to " +#~ "preconfigure kernel module parameters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "雖然大多 &d-i; 使用的對話框可以用這種方法預設，但還是有明顯的例外。目前還" +#~ "無法預設 RAID 和 LVM。另外還有，網路驅動模組，也無法預先設置核心模組參數。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1681 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the debconf-set-" -"selections command. A well documented and working example that you can edit " -"is in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>." -msgstr "" -"預先設定檔是按照 debconf-set-selections 指令的格式寫成的。這裡有一個具有詳盡" -"註解並能正常工作的預先設定檔例子：<xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the debconf-set-" +#~ "selections command. A well documented and working example that you can " +#~ "edit is in <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "預先設定檔是按照 debconf-set-selections 指令的格式寫成的。這裡有一個具有詳" +#~ "盡註解並能正常工作的預先設定檔例子：<xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/>。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1687 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Alternatively, one way to get a complete file listing all the values that " -"can be preseeded is to do a manual install, and then use <filename>debconf-" -"get-selections</filename>, from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> " -"package, to dump both the debconf database and the cdebconf database in /var/" -"log/debian-installer/cdebconf to a single file: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> However, a file generated in this manner will " -"have some items that should not be preseeded, and the file in <xref linkend=" -"\"example-preseed\"/> is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "" -"除此之外，要得到一個包含所有可被預設項目的完整文件，您可以進行手動安裝，然後" -"使用 <filename>debconf-get-selections</filename> 指令 (它來自 " -"<classname>debconf-utils</classname>軟體套件) 將 debconf 資料庫和位於 /var/" -"log/debian-installer/cdebconf 的資料庫的內容導出至一個單一的檔案：" -"<informalexample><screen>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>檔案名稱</" -"replaceable>\n" -"$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>檔案名稱</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> 但是，按照些方法生成的檔案將會包含一些不應該被預" -"先設定的項目，因此 <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> 中的檔案對於大多數使用" -"者來說是一個更好的起點。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Alternatively, one way to get a complete file listing all the values that " +#~ "can be preseeded is to do a manual install, and then use " +#~ "<filename>debconf-get-selections</filename>, from the <classname>debconf-" +#~ "utils</classname> package, to dump both the debconf database and the " +#~ "cdebconf database in /var/log/debian-installer/cdebconf to a single file: " +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>file</" +#~ "replaceable>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>file</replaceable>\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> However, a file generated in this manner will " +#~ "have some items that should not be preseeded, and the file in <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> is a better starting place for most users." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "除此之外，要得到一個包含所有可被預設項目的完整文件，您可以進行手動安裝，然" +#~ "後使用 <filename>debconf-get-selections</filename> 指令 (它來自 " +#~ "<classname>debconf-utils</classname>軟體套件) 將 debconf 資料庫和位於 /" +#~ "var/log/debian-installer/cdebconf 的資料庫的內容導出至一個單一的檔案：" +#~ "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections --installer > <replaceable>檔案名稱</" +#~ "replaceable>\n" +#~ "$ debconf-get-selections >> <replaceable>檔案名稱</replaceable>\n" +#~ "</screen></informalexample> 但是，按照些方法生成的檔案將會包含一些不應該被" +#~ "預先設定的項目，因此 <xref linkend=\"example-preseed\"/> 中的檔案對於大多" +#~ "數使用者來說是一個更好的起點。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1702 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Once you have a preconfiguration file, you can edit it if necessary, and " -"place it on a web server, or copy it onto the installer's boot media. " -"Wherever you place the file, you need to pass a parameter to the installer " -"at boot time to tell it to use the file." -msgstr "" -"一旦您有了一個預先設定檔，可以在需要時編輯它，並且上傳至網頁伺服器，或者拷貝" -"至安裝程式的開機媒介。無論您將此檔案放在哪裡，都需要傳遞一個參數給安裝程式來" -"使其使用個檔案。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Once you have a preconfiguration file, you can edit it if necessary, and " +#~ "place it on a web server, or copy it onto the installer's boot media. " +#~ "Wherever you place the file, you need to pass a parameter to the " +#~ "installer at boot time to tell it to use the file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "一旦您有了一個預先設定檔，可以在需要時編輯它，並且上傳至網頁伺服器，或者拷" +#~ "貝至安裝程式的開機媒介。無論您將此檔案放在哪裡，都需要傳遞一個參數給安裝程" +#~ "式來使其使用個檔案。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1709 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To make the installer use a preconfiguration file downloaded from the " -"network, add preseed/url=http://url/to/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot " -"parameters. Of course the preconfiguration will not take effect until the " -"installer manages to set up the network to download the file, so this is " -"most useful if the installer can set up the network via DHCP without asking " -"any questions. You may want to set the installation priority to critical to " -"avoid any questions while the network is being configured. See <xref linkend=" -"\"installer-args\"/>." -msgstr "" -"要讓安裝程式使用一個從網路下載的預先設定檔，請將 preseed/url=http://url/to/" -"config 加入核心啟動參數。當然這個預先設定檔，只有安裝程式能夠管理網路並下載檔" -"案後才能起作用，因此如果安裝程式能夠透過 DHCP 設置網路而不需要詢問任何問題的" -"話，此方法會更有用。如果您已經設置好了網路，可能還會想將安裝優先順序調至關鍵" -"級來避免任何問題。請參閱 <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the installer use a preconfiguration file downloaded from the " +#~ "network, add preseed/url=http://url/to/preseed.cfg to the kernel boot " +#~ "parameters. Of course the preconfiguration will not take effect until the " +#~ "installer manages to set up the network to download the file, so this is " +#~ "most useful if the installer can set up the network via DHCP without " +#~ "asking any questions. You may want to set the installation priority to " +#~ "critical to avoid any questions while the network is being configured. " +#~ "See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要讓安裝程式使用一個從網路下載的預先設定檔，請將 preseed/url=http://url/" +#~ "to/config 加入核心啟動參數。當然這個預先設定檔，只有安裝程式能夠管理網路並" +#~ "下載檔案後才能起作用，因此如果安裝程式能夠透過 DHCP 設置網路而不需要詢問任" +#~ "何問題的話，此方法會更有用。如果您已經設置好了網路，可能還會想將安裝優先順" +#~ "序調至關鍵級來避免任何問題。請參閱 <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/>。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1720 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To place a preconfiguration file on a CD, you would need to remaster the ISO " -"image to include your preconfiguration file. See the manual page for mkisofs " -"for details. Alternatively, put the preseed file on a floppy, and use " -"preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" -"要將預先設定檔放在光碟中，您將需要重新製作 ISO 映像把您的預先設定檔納入。請閱" -"讀 mkisofs 的手冊來取得細節資訊。另外，您也可以將預先設定檔放在一張軟碟中，然" -"後使用 preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg 參數。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To place a preconfiguration file on a CD, you would need to remaster the " +#~ "ISO image to include your preconfiguration file. See the manual page for " +#~ "mkisofs for details. Alternatively, put the preseed file on a floppy, and " +#~ "use preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "要將預先設定檔放在光碟中，您將需要重新製作 ISO 映像把您的預先設定檔納入。" +#~ "請閱讀 mkisofs 的手冊來取得細節資訊。另外，您也可以將預先設定檔放在一張軟" +#~ "碟中，然後使用 preseed/file=/floppy/preseed.cfg 參數。" -#. Tag: para -#: install-methods.xml:1727 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you'll be booting from a USB memory stick, then you can simply copy your " -"preconfiguration file onto the memory stick's filesystem, and edit the " -"syslinux.cfg file to add preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg to the kernel " -"boot parameters." -msgstr "" -"如果您要從 USB 隨身碟上開機，那您可以簡單拷貝您的預先設定檔至儲存的檔案系統" -"中，並編輯 syslinux.cfg 檔案，加入 preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg 至核心" -"啟動參數。" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you'll be booting from a USB memory stick, then you can simply copy " +#~ "your preconfiguration file onto the memory stick's filesystem, and edit " +#~ "the syslinux.cfg file to add preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg to the " +#~ "kernel boot parameters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您要從 USB 隨身碟上開機，那您可以簡單拷貝您的預先設定檔至儲存的檔案系" +#~ "統中，並編輯 syslinux.cfg 檔案，加入 preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed.cfg 至" +#~ "核心啟動參數。" #~ msgid "Using Preseeding to Change Default Values" #~ msgstr "使用預先設定來改變預設值" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po index 387775945..19ac973a4 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/installation-howto.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Lin Shu-Fen<satashiohno@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -353,20 +353,15 @@ msgstr "安裝" #. Tag: para #: installation-howto.xml:212 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once the installer starts, you will be greeted with an initial screen. Press " "&enterkey; to boot, or read the instructions for other boot methods and " -"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> " -"<phrase condition=\"sarge\"> If you want a 2.6 kernel, type " -"<userinput>linux26</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </" -"phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> If you want a 2.4 kernel, type " -"<userinput>install24</userinput> at the <prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. </" -"phrase> <footnote><para> <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> The 2.6 kernel is " -"available for most boot methods, but not when booting from a floppy. </" -"phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The 2.6 kernel is the default for most " -"boot methods, but is not available when booting from a floppy. </phrase> </" -"para></footnote> </phrase>" +"parameters (see <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>). <phrase arch=\"i386\"> If " +"you want a 2.4 kernel, type <userinput>install24</userinput> at the " +"<prompt>boot:</prompt> prompt. <footnote><para> The 2.6 kernel is the " +"default for most boot methods, but is not available when booting from a " +"floppy. </para></footnote> </phrase>" msgstr "" "一旦開始安裝套件，螢幕會出現一個初始畫面。要開機啟動的話，請按 &enterkey;﹔也" "可以閱讀操作指南查看其它的啟動方式以及各種參數設定(請參閱 <xref linkend=" @@ -381,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "para></footnote> </phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:240 +#: installation-howto.xml:228 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a while you will be asked to select your language. Use the arrow keys " @@ -396,7 +391,7 @@ msgstr "" "擇。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:248 +#: installation-howto.xml:236 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be asked to confirm your keyboard layout. Choose the default unless " @@ -406,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" "一個。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:253 +#: installation-howto.xml:241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now sit back while debian-installer detects some of your hardware, and loads " @@ -416,7 +411,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB 隨身碟或其它設備裡將其餘部分載入系統。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:258 +#: installation-howto.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next the installer will try to detect your network hardware and set up " @@ -427,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "有連接網路，或是沒有用 DHCP，那麼您也可以手動設定網路。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:264 +#: installation-howto.xml:252 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. First you will be given the " @@ -440,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" "話，請在選單中選擇手動分割。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:271 +#: installation-howto.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an existing DOS or Windows partition that you want to preserve, " @@ -454,7 +449,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 更多的安裝空間：只需選擇該分區，並指定新的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:278 +#: installation-howto.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the next screen you will see your partition table, how the partitions " @@ -473,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" "的資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:288 +#: installation-howto.xml:276 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now &d-i; formats your partitions and starts to install the base system, " @@ -483,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝核心。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:293 +#: installation-howto.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The last step is to install a boot loader. If the installer detects other " @@ -499,7 +494,7 @@ msgstr "" "不讓它這樣做，而是把 GRUB 裝在其它地方。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:303 +#: installation-howto.xml:291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; will now tell you that the installation has finished. Remove the cdrom " @@ -512,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/> 有對它的詳盡說明。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:310 +#: installation-howto.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you need more information on the install process, see <xref linkend=\"d-i-" @@ -520,40 +515,30 @@ msgid "" msgstr "如果您想要更多的安裝過程相關資訊，請看 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:319 +#: installation-howto.xml:307 #, no-c-format msgid "Send us an installation report" msgstr "請寄給我們一份安裝報告" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:320 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#: installation-howto.xml:308 +#, no-c-format msgid "" "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time to " -"provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a template " -"named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the <filename>/root</" -"filename> directory of a freshly installed system. Please fill it out and " -"file it as a bug against the package <classname>installation-reports</" -"classname>, as explained in <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> " -"<phrase condition=\"etch\"> The simplest way to do so is to install the " +"provide us with a report. The simplest way to do so is to install the " "reportbug package (<command>apt-get install reportbug</command>), and run " -"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>. </phrase>" +"<command>reportbug installation-report</command>." msgstr "" -"如果您成功地用 &d-i; 完成了安裝，請您抽空給我們寫一份報告吧。在新裝好的系統裡" -"的有一個名為 <filename>install-report.template</filename> 的樣板文件，它位於 " -"<filename>/root</filename> 目錄下。請填好並將它以 <classname>installation-" -"reports</classname> 軟體套件的錯誤回報發送過來。至於提交錯誤回報的細節，請參" -"照 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:338 -#, no-c-format +#: installation-howto.xml:316 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you did not reach base-config or ran into other trouble, you probably " -"found a bug in debian-installer. To improve the installer it is necessary " -"that we know about them, so please take the time to report them. You can use " -"an installation report to report problems; if the install completely fails, " -"see <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>." +"If you did not complete the install, you probably found a bug in debian-" +"installer. To improve the installer it is necessary that we know about them, " +"so please take the time to report them. You can use an installation report " +"to report problems; if the install completely fails, see <xref linkend=" +"\"problem-report\"/>." msgstr "" "如果您到不了 base-config 這一步，或者碰到了其它的問題，那麼您也許遇到了 " "debian-installler 的錯誤。請告訴我們這些問題以改進安裝程式，所以請抽空把這些" @@ -561,13 +546,13 @@ msgstr "" "了，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"problem-report\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: installation-howto.xml:350 +#: installation-howto.xml:328 #, no-c-format msgid "And finally.." msgstr "最後......" #. Tag: para -#: installation-howto.xml:351 +#: installation-howto.xml:329 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We hope that your Debian installation is pleasant and that you find Debian " @@ -575,3 +560,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "我們希望您的 Debian 安裝順利愉快，並希望您能瞭解 Debian 好用之處。您或許想閱" "讀 <xref linkend=\"post-install\"/>。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you successfully managed an installation with &d-i;, please take time " +#~ "to provide us with a report. <phrase condition=\"sarge\"> There is a " +#~ "template named <filename>install-report.template</filename> in the " +#~ "<filename>/root</filename> directory of a freshly installed system. " +#~ "Please fill it out and file it as a bug against the package " +#~ "<classname>installation-reports</classname>, as explained in <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>. </phrase> <phrase condition=\"etch\"> The " +#~ "simplest way to do so is to install the reportbug package (<command>apt-" +#~ "get install reportbug</command>), and run <command>reportbug installation-" +#~ "report</command>. </phrase>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您成功地用 &d-i; 完成了安裝，請您抽空給我們寫一份報告吧。在新裝好的系" +#~ "統裡的有一個名為 <filename>install-report.template</filename> 的樣板文件，" +#~ "它位於 <filename>/root</filename> 目錄下。請填好並將它以 " +#~ "<classname>installation-reports</classname> 軟體套件的錯誤回報發送過來。至" +#~ "於提交錯誤回報的細節，請參照 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>。" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po index 7e75d482f..9967c3a66 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/post-install.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/post-install.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:24+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -657,23 +657,22 @@ msgstr "" #: post-install.xml:454 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"<phrase condition=\"etch\">For more information on Debian kernels and kernel " -"compilation, see the <ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux " -"Kernel Handbook</ulink>.</phrase> For more information on <classname>kernel-" -"package</classname>, read the fine documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/" -"kernel-package</filename>." +"For more information on Debian kernels and kernel compilation, see the " +"<ulink url=\"&url-kernel-handbook;\">Debian Linux Kernel Handbook</ulink>. " +"For more information on <classname>kernel-package</classname>, read the fine " +"documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>." msgstr "" "欲取得關於 <classname>kernel-package</classname> 的更多資訊，請參閱 " "<filename>/usr/share/doc/kernel-package</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: post-install.xml:471 +#: post-install.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Recovering a Broken System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:472 +#: post-install.xml:471 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Sometimes, things go wrong, and the system you've carefully installed is no " @@ -685,7 +684,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:482 +#: post-install.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To access rescue mode, type <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the " @@ -700,7 +699,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:497 +#: post-install.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Instead of the partitioning tool, you should now be presented with a list of " @@ -711,7 +710,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:505 +#: post-install.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If possible, the installer will now present you with a shell prompt in the " @@ -723,7 +722,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:517 +#: post-install.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installer cannot run a usable shell in the root file system you " @@ -735,13 +734,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:526 +#: post-install.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "In either case, after you exit the shell, the system will reboot." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: post-install.xml:530 +#: post-install.xml:529 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, note that repairing broken systems can be difficult, and this " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po index b5013e766..3bd9528cd 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/preparing.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/preparing.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 13:49+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "設定一個網路介面﹔" # index.docbook:106, index.docbook:140 #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:106 preparing.xml:140 +#: preparing.xml:106 #, no-c-format msgid "Open a ssh connection to the new system." msgstr "開啟新系統的 ssh 連線﹔" @@ -191,24 +191,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preparing.xml:134 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Load the newly installed system for the first time, and make some initial " -"system settings." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Load the newly installed system for the first time." msgstr "第一次載入新安裝的系統，做一些系統初始設定﹔" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:145 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or " -"<firstterm>packages</firstterm>), at your discretion." -msgstr "" -"選擇安裝您要使用的其他的軟體(<firstterm>程式單元</firstterm>和/或<firstterm>" -"軟體套件</firstterm>)﹔" - -#. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:153 +#: preparing.xml:141 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have problems during the installation, it helps to know which " @@ -219,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。有關這場安裝「戲劇」的「主角」的介紹：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:159 +#: preparing.xml:147 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer software, <classname>debian-installer</classname>, is the " @@ -237,32 +225,22 @@ msgstr "" "installer</classname> 將一直到您第一次開機新系統時才完成它的使命。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:169 +#: preparing.xml:157 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Upon loading the new base system, <classname>base-config</classname> " -"supervises adding users, setting a time zone (via <classname>tzsetup</" -"classname>), and setting up the package installation system (using " -"<classname>apt-setup</classname>). It then launches <classname>tasksel</" -"classname> which can be used to select large groups of related programs, and " -"in turn can run <classname>aptitude</classname> which allows you to choose " -"individual software packages." +"To tune the system to your needs, <classname>tasksel</classname> allows you " +"to choose to install various predefined bundles of software like a Web " +"server or a Desktop environment." msgstr "" -"在載入新裝的基本系統時，<classname>base-config</classname> 帶領您新增使用者帳" -"號、設定時區 (透過 <classname>tzsetup</classname>)，並進行軟體套件安裝系統的" -"配置 (使用 <classname>apt-setup</classname>)。然後，它將開機 " -"<classname>tasksel</classname> 程式來安裝以相互關聯分成的幾個軟體大組件，或" -"者 <classname>aptitude</classname> 程式來讓您挑選單獨的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:179 -#, no-c-format +#: preparing.xml:163 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "When <classname>debian-installer</classname> finishes, before the first " "system load, you have only a very basic command line driven system. The " "graphical interface which displays windows on your monitor will not be " -"installed unless you select it during the final steps, with either " -"<classname>tasksel</classname> or <classname>aptitude</classname>. It's " +"installed unless you select it with <classname>tasksel</classname>. It's " "optional because many &debian; systems are servers which don't really have " "any need for a graphical user interface to do their job." msgstr "" @@ -273,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" "器，它們的工作根本不需要任何圖形化的使用者界面，所以它在這裡只是一個選項。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:190 +#: preparing.xml:172 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Just be aware that the X system is completely separate from " @@ -285,13 +263,13 @@ msgstr "" "多了 X 視窗安裝系統的安裝和問題解答不在本手冊所關注的範圍之內。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:206 +#: preparing.xml:188 #, no-c-format msgid "Back Up Your Existing Data!" msgstr "備份您的所有資料！" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:207 +#: preparing.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, make sure to back up every file that is now on your " @@ -313,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "您節省幾個小時的不必要恢復工作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:220 +#: preparing.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are creating a multi-boot system, make sure that you have the " @@ -328,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" "檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:231 +#: preparing.xml:213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With the exception of the BVM and Motorola VMEbus computers, the only " @@ -345,37 +323,37 @@ msgstr "" "quote> boot-loader 是必須的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:249 +#: preparing.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Will Need" msgstr "一些有用的資料" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:252 +#: preparing.xml:234 #, no-c-format msgid "Documentation" msgstr "文件" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:255 +#: preparing.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Manual" msgstr "安裝手冊" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:257 +#: preparing.xml:239 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "This document you are now reading, in plain ASCII, HTML or PDF format." msgstr "這些文件以純文字、HTML 或者 PDF 格式發佈。" #. Tag: itemizedlist -#: preparing.xml:263 +#: preparing.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "&list-install-manual-files;" msgstr "&list-install-manual-files;" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:269 +#: preparing.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The document you are now reading, which is the official version of the " @@ -385,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:278 +#: preparing.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The document you are now reading, which is a development version of the " @@ -394,56 +372,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:290 +#: preparing.xml:272 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware documentation" msgstr "硬體文件" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:291 +#: preparing.xml:273 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Often contains useful information on configuring or using your hardware." msgstr "通常包含設置和使用您的硬體的實用資料。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:302 +#: preparing.xml:284 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux Hardware Compatibility HOWTO" msgstr "Linux 硬體相容指南" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:308 +#: preparing.xml:290 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/m68k FAQ" msgstr "Linux/m68k 常見問答集" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:314 +#: preparing.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Alpha FAQ" msgstr "Linux/Alpha 常見問答集" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:320 +#: preparing.xml:302 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for SPARC Processors FAQ" msgstr "Linux for SPARC Processors 常見問答集" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:326 +#: preparing.xml:308 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Linux/Mips website" msgstr "Linux/Mips Howto" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:335 +#: preparing.xml:317 #, no-c-format msgid "&arch-title; Hardware References" msgstr "&arch-title; Hardware References" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:336 +#: preparing.xml:318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Installation instructions and device drivers (DASD, XPRAM, Console, tape, " @@ -453,13 +431,13 @@ msgstr "" "Console, tape, z90 crypto, chandev, network)" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:348 +#: preparing.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "Device Drivers and Installation Commands" msgstr "設備驅動程式與安裝指令" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:353 +#: preparing.xml:335 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IBM Redbook describing how Linux can be combined with z/VM on zSeries and " @@ -468,13 +446,13 @@ msgstr "" "IBM Redbook 描述如何將 Linux 與 zSeries 的 z/VM 和 &arch-title; 硬體結合。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:363 +#: preparing.xml:345 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for &arch-title;" msgstr "用於 &arch-title; 的 Linux" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:369 +#: preparing.xml:351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IBM Redbook describing the Linux distributions available for the mainframe. " @@ -485,19 +463,19 @@ msgstr "" "但對於所有的 &arch-title; 發行套件，基本的安裝概念是相同的。" #. Tag: ulink -#: preparing.xml:380 +#: preparing.xml:362 #, no-c-format msgid "Linux for IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title;: Distributions" msgstr "IBM eServer zSeries and &arch-title; 的發行套件：" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:390 +#: preparing.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "Finding Sources of Hardware Information" msgstr "尋找硬體資訊來源" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:391 +#: preparing.xml:373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In many cases, the installer will be able to automatically detect your " @@ -508,19 +486,19 @@ msgstr "" "熟悉一下您的硬體比較好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:397 +#: preparing.xml:379 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware information can be gathered from:" msgstr "取得硬體資料的途徑有：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:404 +#: preparing.xml:386 #, no-c-format msgid "The manuals that come with each piece of hardware." msgstr "每個硬體附帶的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:409 +#: preparing.xml:391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The BIOS setup screens of your computer. You can view these screens when you " @@ -531,19 +509,19 @@ msgstr "" "手冊確認按鍵。通常，它是 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:416 +#: preparing.xml:398 #, no-c-format msgid "The cases and boxes for each piece of hardware." msgstr "每個硬體的包裝盒。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:422 +#: preparing.xml:404 #, no-c-format msgid "The System window in the Windows Control Panel." msgstr "Windows 控制台裡面的系統視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:428 +#: preparing.xml:410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "System commands or tools in another operating system, including file manager " @@ -554,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" "記憶體和硬碟特別有用。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:435 +#: preparing.xml:417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your system administrator or Internet Service Provider. These sources can " @@ -564,179 +542,179 @@ msgstr "" "的相關資料。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:447 +#: preparing.xml:429 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Information Needed for an Install" msgstr "安裝所需的硬體資料" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware" msgstr "硬體" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:451 +#: preparing.xml:433 #, no-c-format msgid "Information You Might Need" msgstr "您需要瞭解的資料" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:457 +#: preparing.xml:439 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drives" msgstr "硬碟" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:458 +#: preparing.xml:440 #, no-c-format msgid "How many you have." msgstr "您擁有的容量" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:460 +#: preparing.xml:442 #, no-c-format msgid "Their order on the system." msgstr "它們在系統上的順序" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:462 +#: preparing.xml:444 #, no-c-format msgid "Whether IDE or SCSI (most computers are IDE)." msgstr "是 IDE 還是 SCSI(大多數電腦上是 IDE)" # index.docbook:445, index.docbook:497 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:464 preparing.xml:516 +#: preparing.xml:446 preparing.xml:498 #, no-c-format msgid "Available free space." msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:465 +#: preparing.xml:447 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions." msgstr "分割區。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:467 +#: preparing.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitions where other operating systems are installed." msgstr "安裝有其他作業系統的分割區。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:471 +#: preparing.xml:453 #, no-c-format msgid "Monitor" msgstr "顯示器" # index.docbook:453, index.docbook:473, index.docbook:479, index.docbook:485 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:472 preparing.xml:492 preparing.xml:498 preparing.xml:504 +#: preparing.xml:454 preparing.xml:474 preparing.xml:480 preparing.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "Model and manufacturer." msgstr "型號與製造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:474 +#: preparing.xml:456 #, no-c-format msgid "Resolutions supported." msgstr "支援的解析度。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:475 +#: preparing.xml:457 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal refresh rate." msgstr "水平掃瞄頻率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:476 +#: preparing.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical refresh rate." msgstr "垂直掃瞄頻率。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:478 +#: preparing.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Color depth (number of colors) supported." msgstr "支援的顏色深度(顏色數)" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:480 +#: preparing.xml:462 #, no-c-format msgid "Screen size." msgstr "螢幕大小。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:483 +#: preparing.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "Mouse" msgstr "滑鼠" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:484 +#: preparing.xml:466 #, no-c-format msgid "Type: serial, PS/2, or USB." msgstr "類型：序列、PS/2 或 USB。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:486 +#: preparing.xml:468 #, no-c-format msgid "Port." msgstr "埠。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:487 +#: preparing.xml:469 #, no-c-format msgid "Manufacturer." msgstr "製造商。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:488 +#: preparing.xml:470 #, no-c-format msgid "Number of buttons." msgstr "按鍵數。" # index.docbook:472, index.docbook:500 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:491 preparing.xml:519 +#: preparing.xml:473 preparing.xml:501 #, no-c-format msgid "Network" msgstr "網路" # index.docbook:475, index.docbook:501 #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:494 preparing.xml:520 +#: preparing.xml:476 preparing.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "Type of adapter." msgstr "適配器類型。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:497 +#: preparing.xml:479 #, no-c-format msgid "Printer" msgstr "印表機" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:500 +#: preparing.xml:482 #, no-c-format msgid "Printing resolutions supported." msgstr "支援的印表機解析度。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:503 +#: preparing.xml:485 #, no-c-format msgid "Video Card" msgstr "顯示卡" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:506 +#: preparing.xml:488 #, no-c-format msgid "Video RAM available." msgstr "可用顯示記憶體" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:508 +#: preparing.xml:490 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Resolutions and color depths supported (these should be checked against your " @@ -744,37 +722,37 @@ msgid "" msgstr "支援的解析度和顏色數 (還需檢驗您顯示器的能力)。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:513 +#: preparing.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:514 +#: preparing.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "Device number(s)." msgstr "設備編號。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:522 +#: preparing.xml:504 #, no-c-format msgid "Device numbers." msgstr "設備編號。" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:523 +#: preparing.xml:505 #, no-c-format msgid "Relative adapter number for OSA cards." msgstr "OSA 卡的相對應適配器編號。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:531 +#: preparing.xml:513 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Compatibility" msgstr "硬體相容性" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:533 +#: preparing.xml:515 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many brand name products work without trouble on Linux. Moreover, hardware " @@ -785,7 +763,7 @@ msgstr "" "改善。 然而，Linux 仍然不能像某些作業系統那樣可以在各種不同的硬體上運行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:539 +#: preparing.xml:521 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In particular, Linux usually cannot run hardware that requires a running " @@ -794,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" "特別的是，Linux 通常不能驅動那些需要在某些 Windows 版本上才能運作的硬體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:544 +#: preparing.xml:526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although some Windows-specific hardware can be made to run on Linux, doing " @@ -807,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" "上。 因此，它們很快就會被廢棄。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:551 +#: preparing.xml:533 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So called win-modems are the most common type of this hardware. However, " @@ -817,19 +795,19 @@ msgstr "" "的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:556 +#: preparing.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "You can check hardware compatibility by:" msgstr "您可以透過以下方式檢驗硬體相容性：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:561 +#: preparing.xml:543 #, no-c-format msgid "Checking manufacturers' web sites for new drivers." msgstr "檢查製造商的網站來得到新的驅動程式。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:566 +#: preparing.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looking at web sites or manuals for information about emulation. Lesser " @@ -839,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" "式或設定。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:573 +#: preparing.xml:555 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checking hardware compatibility lists for Linux on web sites dedicated to " @@ -847,19 +825,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "檢查您電腦架構的 Linux 相容性列表網站。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:579 +#: preparing.xml:561 #, no-c-format msgid "Searching the Internet for other users' experiences." msgstr "搜索網際網路尋找其他使用者的經驗。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:590 +#: preparing.xml:572 #, no-c-format msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "網路設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:592 +#: preparing.xml:574 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer is connected to a network 24 hours a day (i.e., an Ethernet " @@ -870,31 +848,31 @@ msgstr "" "連接)，您需要向您的網路系統管理員咨詢這項資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:599 +#: preparing.xml:581 #, no-c-format msgid "Your host name (you may be able to decide this on your own)." msgstr "您的主機名(也許可以自己決定)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:604 +#: preparing.xml:586 #, no-c-format msgid "Your domain name." msgstr "您的網網域名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:609 +#: preparing.xml:591 #, no-c-format msgid "Your computer's IP address." msgstr "您電腦的 IP 位址。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:614 +#: preparing.xml:596 #, no-c-format msgid "The netmask to use with your network." msgstr "您網路的網路遮罩。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:619 +#: preparing.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The IP address of the default gateway system you should route to, if your " @@ -903,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "預設路由閘道的 IP 位址，如果您的網路<emphasis>有</emphasis>閘道器的話。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:625 +#: preparing.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system on your network that you should use as a DNS (Domain Name " @@ -911,7 +889,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您的網路中作為 DNS (網域名稱稱服務) 伺服器的系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:633 +#: preparing.xml:615 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On the other hand, if your administrator tells you that a DHCP server is " @@ -923,31 +901,31 @@ msgstr "" "需瞭解這項資料，因為 DHCP 伺服器會在安裝過程中直接提供。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:640 +#: preparing.xml:622 #, no-c-format msgid "If you use a wireless network, you should also find out:" msgstr "如果您有一個無線網路，您應該找出：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:645 +#: preparing.xml:627 #, no-c-format msgid "ESSID of your wireless network." msgstr "您無線網路的 ESSID。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:650 +#: preparing.xml:632 #, no-c-format msgid "WEP security key (if applicable)." msgstr "WEP 安全金鑰 (如果可用)。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:667 +#: preparing.xml:649 #, no-c-format msgid "Meeting Minimum Hardware Requirements" msgstr "滿足最低的硬體要求" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:668 +#: preparing.xml:650 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you have gathered information about your computer's hardware, check " @@ -958,7 +936,7 @@ msgstr "" "償的安裝系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:674 +#: preparing.xml:656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than some of the " @@ -969,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" "建議的話，多數使用者會安裝失敗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:680 +#: preparing.xml:662 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A Pentium 100 is the minimum recommended for desktop systems, and a Pentium " @@ -979,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "建議配備。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:685 +#: preparing.xml:667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A 68030 or better processor is recommended for m68k installs. You may get by " @@ -989,7 +967,7 @@ msgstr "" "間就能完成安裝。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:690 +#: preparing.xml:672 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any OldWorld or NewWorld PowerPC can serve well as a Desktop System. For " @@ -999,85 +977,85 @@ msgstr "" "伺服器的話，建議至少要 132 Mhz 的機器才行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:699 +#: preparing.xml:681 #, no-c-format msgid "Recommended Minimum System Requirements" msgstr "建議的最低系統需求" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Install Type" msgstr "安裝類別" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>RAM</entry>" msgstr "<entry>記憶體</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:703 +#: preparing.xml:685 #, no-c-format msgid "Hard Drive" msgstr "硬碟" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:709 +#: preparing.xml:691 #, no-c-format msgid "No desktop" msgstr "無桌面系統" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:710 +#: preparing.xml:692 #, no-c-format msgid "24 megabytes" msgstr "24 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:711 +#: preparing.xml:693 #, no-c-format msgid "450 megabytes" msgstr "450 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:713 +#: preparing.xml:695 #, no-c-format msgid "With Desktop" msgstr "有桌面系統" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:714 +#: preparing.xml:696 #, no-c-format msgid "64 megabytes" msgstr "64 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:715 +#: preparing.xml:697 #, no-c-format msgid "1 gigabyte" msgstr "1 GB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:717 +#: preparing.xml:699 #, no-c-format msgid "Server" msgstr "伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:718 +#: preparing.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "128 megabytes" msgstr "128 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: preparing.xml:719 +#: preparing.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "4 gigabytes" msgstr "4 GB" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:724 +#: preparing.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a sampling of some common Debian system configurations. You can also " @@ -1088,13 +1066,13 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/> 以瞭解各類軟體需要佔多大的硬碟空間。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:734 +#: preparing.xml:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Standard Server" msgstr "標準伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:735 +#: preparing.xml:717 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small server profile, useful for a stripped down server which does " @@ -1107,13 +1085,13 @@ msgstr "" "些服務總共需要 100MB 磁碟空間，您還需要另外算上服務所需資料所佔用的空間。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:747 +#: preparing.xml:729 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:748 +#: preparing.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A standard desktop box, including the X window system, full desktop " @@ -1124,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "體套件將總共需要約 2G 空間，儘管也可以不需要這麼多。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:758 +#: preparing.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "Work Console" msgstr "工作控制台" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:759 +#: preparing.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A more stripped-down user machine, without the X window system or X " @@ -1141,13 +1119,13 @@ msgstr "" "型電腦或者手提電腦。其所需空間約為 140MB。" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:769 +#: preparing.xml:751 #, no-c-format msgid "Developer" msgstr "開發人員" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:770 +#: preparing.xml:752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A desktop setup with all the development packages, such as Perl, C, C++, " @@ -1160,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" "類機器規劃出約 800MB 空間。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:780 +#: preparing.xml:762 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember that these sizes don't include all the other materials which are " @@ -1182,13 +1160,13 @@ msgstr "" "給 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:804 +#: preparing.xml:786 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Partitioning for Multi-Boot Systems" msgstr "為多重開機系統事先分割磁碟" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:805 +#: preparing.xml:787 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning your disk simply refers to the act of breaking up your disk " @@ -1201,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "傢俱，不會對其它房間有任何影響。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:812 +#: preparing.xml:794 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whenever this section talks about <quote>disks</quote> you should translate " @@ -1213,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr "" "客。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:818 +#: preparing.xml:800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you already have an operating system on your system <phrase arch=\"i386" @@ -1238,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "明。最起碼，您要為 Debian 的根目錄準備一個專用的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:845 +#: preparing.xml:827 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can find information about your current partition setup by using a " @@ -1256,7 +1234,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>分割工具軟體總會提供一種辦法讓您查看現有的分割區情況，而不作任何改動。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:855 +#: preparing.xml:837 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In general, changing a partition with a file system already on it will " @@ -1270,13 +1248,13 @@ msgstr "" "最好在把擋路的傢俱都移開，否則就要冒著傢俱被破壞的危險。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:865 +#: preparing.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" msgstr "FIXME: write about HP-UX disks?" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:867 +#: preparing.xml:849 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your computer has more than one hard disk, you may want to dedicate one " @@ -1289,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" "建的分割區程式會漂亮地完成這個任務。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:874 +#: preparing.xml:856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has only one hard disk, and you would like to completely " @@ -1313,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以有幾個辦法可選，例如原先系統的安裝磁帶或光碟。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:889 +#: preparing.xml:871 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine already has multiple partitions, and enough space can be " @@ -1330,7 +1308,7 @@ msgstr "" "先切割好分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:899 +#: preparing.xml:881 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your machine has a FAT or NTFS filesystem, as used by DOS and Windows, " @@ -1341,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 安裝程式中的分割工具來重新調整檔案系統的大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:905 +#: preparing.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If none of the above apply, you'll need to partition your hard disk before " @@ -1360,7 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" "自身的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:917 +#: preparing.xml:899 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are going to install more than one operating system on the same " @@ -1373,7 +1351,7 @@ msgstr "" "能會慫恿您重新格式化不屬於它們自己的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:925 +#: preparing.xml:907 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can recover from these actions or avoid them, but installing the native " @@ -1383,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "夠幫您免除這些煩惱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:930 +#: preparing.xml:912 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order for OpenFirmware to automatically boot &debian; the Linux " @@ -1403,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "之。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:942 +#: preparing.xml:924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you currently have one hard disk with one partition (a common setup for " @@ -1414,13 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "" "您希望能多重開機原有的作業系統和 Debian，那麼您就需要：" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:949 +#: preparing.xml:931 #, no-c-format msgid "Back up everything on the computer." msgstr "備份電腦裡所有的資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:954 +#: preparing.xml:936 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot from the native operating system installer media such as CD-ROM or " @@ -1433,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "的 MacOS 系統。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:964 +#: preparing.xml:946 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the native partitioning tools to create native system partition(s). " @@ -1443,13 +1421,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，或者騰出一塊空間。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:971 +#: preparing.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the native operating system on its new partition." msgstr "把原有作業系統安裝到屬於它的新分割區上。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:976 +#: preparing.xml:958 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot back into the native system to verify everything's OK, and to download " @@ -1457,19 +1435,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "開機到原有作業系統，以確保一切正常，再下載 Debian 安裝程式的開機檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:982 +#: preparing.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot the Debian installer to continue installing Debian." msgstr "啟動 Debian 安裝程式，並繼續安裝 Debian。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:996 +#: preparing.xml:978 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Tru64 UNIX" msgstr "Tru64 UNIX 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:997 +#: preparing.xml:979 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tru64 UNIX, formerly known as Digital UNIX, which is in turn formerly known " @@ -1491,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "而 <filename>sda5</filename> 是在 Linux 裡的名稱。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1009 +#: preparing.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitions in a Tru64 disk label may overlap. Moreover, if this disk will be " @@ -1513,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" "到 Debian 之下。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1022 +#: preparing.xml:1004 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another conventional requirement is for the <quote>a</quote> partition to " @@ -1529,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" "上，否則資料會破壞。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1031 +#: preparing.xml:1013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible, and indeed quite reasonable, to share a swap partition " @@ -1546,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "令之前。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1040 +#: preparing.xml:1022 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to mount UNIX partitions under Linux, note that Digital UNIX can " @@ -1557,13 +1535,13 @@ msgstr "" "系統類型，UFS 和 AdvFS，而 Linux 只能識別前者。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1049 +#: preparing.xml:1031 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Windows NT" msgstr "Windows NT 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1051 +#: preparing.xml:1033 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Windows NT uses the PC-style partition table. If you are manipulating " @@ -1584,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "個標誌會破壞該分割區上的資料。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1064 +#: preparing.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to boot Linux from an ARC/AlphaBIOS/ARCSBIOS console, you will " @@ -1600,13 +1578,13 @@ msgstr "" "上已經有 MILO，或者從其他媒介安裝，Debian 仍然可以從 ARC 開機。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1081 +#: preparing.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning From DOS or Windows" msgstr "DOS 或 Windows 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1082 +#: preparing.xml:1064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are manipulating existing FAT or NTFS partitions, it is recommended " @@ -1619,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" "Windows 分割，一般來說，Linux 的分割軟體會做得更好。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1090 +#: preparing.xml:1072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "But if you have a large IDE disk, and are using neither LBA addressing, " @@ -1637,13 +1615,13 @@ msgstr "" "524 MB)。為此，您可能需要移動硬碟上的 FAT 或 NTFS 分割區。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1104 +#: preparing.xml:1086 #, no-c-format msgid "Lossless Repartitioning When Starting From DOS, Win-32 or OS/2" msgstr "在 DOS、Win-32 或者 OS/2 下的無害分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1107 +#: preparing.xml:1089 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the most common installations is onto a system that already contains " @@ -1664,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "" "調整大小的分割區，指定新的大小。在多數情況下您毋須使用下面說明的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1119 +#: preparing.xml:1101 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before going any further, you should have decided how you will be dividing " @@ -1680,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "" "置換分割區或者放置檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1128 +#: preparing.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The idea is to move all the data on the partition to the beginning, before " @@ -1696,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "空間大小。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1137 +#: preparing.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The first thing needed is a copy of <command>fips</command> which is " @@ -1720,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>請先做一張開機片並好好閱讀該文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1150 +#: preparing.xml:1132 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The next thing needed is to move all the data to the beginning of the " @@ -1739,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "VFAT 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1160 +#: preparing.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After running the defragmenter (which can take a while on a large disk), " @@ -1751,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>a:\\fips</filename> 然後按照提示操作。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1166 +#: preparing.xml:1148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that there are many other partition managers out there, in case " @@ -1761,13 +1739,13 @@ msgstr "" "遣。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1174 +#: preparing.xml:1156 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning for DOS" msgstr "DOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1176 +#: preparing.xml:1158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are partitioning for DOS drives, or changing the size of DOS " @@ -1783,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" "DOS 或 Windows 中發現的各種古怪的錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1184 +#: preparing.xml:1166 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Apparently, whenever you create or resize a partition for DOS use, it's a " @@ -1795,19 +1773,19 @@ msgstr "" "這麼做：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1190 +#: preparing.xml:1172 #, no-c-format msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hdXX bs=512 count=4" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1201 +#: preparing.xml:1183 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in AmigaOS" msgstr "AmigaOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1202 +#: preparing.xml:1184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are running AmigaOS, you can use the <command>HDToolBox</command> " @@ -1817,13 +1795,13 @@ msgstr "" "整您的分割區。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1210 +#: preparing.xml:1192 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in Atari TOS" msgstr "Atari TOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1211 +#: preparing.xml:1193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari partition IDs are three ASCII characters, use <quote>LNX</quote> for " @@ -1842,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr "" "混亂，使得整個磁碟無法使用。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1222 +#: preparing.xml:1204 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are a multitude of third party partitioning tools available (the Atari " @@ -1856,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" "自 Hard+Soft GmBH)的說明。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1231 +#: preparing.xml:1213 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Start <command>SCSITool</command> and select the disk you want to partition " @@ -1866,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> 選單中的 <guimenuitem>select</guimenuitem>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1237 +#: preparing.xml:1219 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the <guimenu>Partition</guimenu> menu, select either <guimenuitem>New</" @@ -1882,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "則 <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> 大概是最佳選擇。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1247 +#: preparing.xml:1229 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> choice, select <guilabel>existing</" @@ -1900,7 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "" "儲存並離開視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1259 +#: preparing.xml:1241 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For the <guimenuitem>Change</guimenuitem> option, select the partition to " @@ -1915,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "並離開視窗。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1269 +#: preparing.xml:1251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Write down the Linux names for each of the partitions you created or changed " @@ -1925,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"device-names\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1275 +#: preparing.xml:1257 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Quit <command>SCSITool</command> using the <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> " @@ -1940,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" "過您需要備份磁碟上的所有資料，不是嗎？)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1287 +#: preparing.xml:1269 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is a partitioning tool for Linux/m68k called <command>atari-fdisk</" @@ -1960,13 +1938,13 @@ msgstr "" "具。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1302 +#: preparing.xml:1284 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning in MacOS" msgstr "MacOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1303 +#: preparing.xml:1285 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Partitioning tools for Macintosh tested include <command>pdisk</command>, " @@ -1987,7 +1965,7 @@ msgstr "" "於 <ulink url=\"http://www.euronet.nl/users/ernstoud/patch.html\"></ulink>)。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1314 +#: preparing.xml:1296 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For IDE based Macs, you need to use <command>Apple Drive Setup</command> to " @@ -2000,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "可以從 MkLinux FTP 伺服器取得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1330 +#: preparing.xml:1312 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from SunOS" msgstr "SunOS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1332 +#: preparing.xml:1314 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It's perfectly fine to partition from SunOS; in fact, if you intend to run " @@ -2027,13 +2005,13 @@ msgstr "" "(CDROM) 分割區開機 Linux 和 SunOS。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1347 +#: preparing.xml:1329 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning from Linux or another OS" msgstr "Linux 或其他 OS 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1349 +#: preparing.xml:1331 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Whatever system you are using to partition, make sure you create a " @@ -2054,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "現。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1361 +#: preparing.xml:1343 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will probably be using <command>SILO</command> as your boot loader (the " @@ -2067,13 +2045,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1376 +#: preparing.xml:1358 #, no-c-format msgid "MacOS/OSX Partitioning" msgstr "MacOS/OSX 下的分割" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1378 +#: preparing.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <application>Apple Drive Setup</application> application can be found in " @@ -2088,7 +2066,7 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Drive Setup</application> 中。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1385 +#: preparing.xml:1367 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Remember to create a placeholder partition for GNU/Linux, preferably " @@ -2099,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "" "類型無關緊要，在後面的 &debian; 安裝程式中，它會被刪除並替換。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1391 +#: preparing.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are planning to install both MacOS 9 and OS X, it is best to create " @@ -2123,7 +2101,7 @@ msgstr "" "X 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1404 +#: preparing.xml:1386 #, no-c-format msgid "" "GNU/Linux is unable to access information on UFS partitions, but does " @@ -2140,13 +2118,13 @@ msgstr "" "援。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1424 +#: preparing.xml:1406 #, no-c-format msgid "Pre-Installation Hardware and Operating System Setup" msgstr "安裝前硬體和作業系統的相關設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1425 +#: preparing.xml:1407 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section will walk you through pre-installation hardware setup, if any, " @@ -2164,13 +2142,13 @@ msgstr "" "些硬體問題，您系統上這些硬體問題在將會影響到 &debian; 的可靠性。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1442 +#: preparing.xml:1424 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking the BIOS Set-Up Menu" msgstr "使用 BIOS 設定選單" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1444 +#: preparing.xml:1426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "BIOS provides the basic functions needed to boot your machine to allow your " @@ -2185,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "常性的系統當機或者根本無法安裝 Debian。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1453 +#: preparing.xml:1435 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The rest of this section is lifted from the <ulink url=\"&url-pc-hw-faq;\"></" @@ -2198,25 +2176,25 @@ msgstr "" "quote>) 設定選單取決於 BIOS 軟體的作者是誰：" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1467 +#: preparing.xml:1449 #, no-c-format msgid "AMI BIOS" msgstr "AMI BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1468 +#: preparing.xml:1450 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Delete</keycap> key during the POST (power on self test)" msgstr "在 POST (開機自檢) 過程中按 <keycap>Delete</keycap> 鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1476 +#: preparing.xml:1458 #, no-c-format msgid "Award BIOS" msgstr "Award BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1477 +#: preparing.xml:1459 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2226,25 +2204,25 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </keycombo>，或 <keycap>Delete</keycap>鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1486 +#: preparing.xml:1468 #, no-c-format msgid "DTK BIOS" msgstr "DTK BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1487 +#: preparing.xml:1469 #, no-c-format msgid "<keycap>Esc</keycap> key during the POST" msgstr "在 POST 過程中按 <keycap>Esc</keycap>鍵" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1494 +#: preparing.xml:1476 #, no-c-format msgid "IBM PS/2 BIOS" msgstr "IBM PS/2 BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1495 +#: preparing.xml:1477 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap> " @@ -2256,13 +2234,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap> </keycombo>" #. Tag: term -#: preparing.xml:1509 +#: preparing.xml:1491 #, no-c-format msgid "Phoenix BIOS" msgstr "Phoenix BIOS" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1510 +#: preparing.xml:1492 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap> </" @@ -2274,7 +2252,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> </keycombo> 或 <keycap>F1</keycap>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1526 +#: preparing.xml:1508 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Information on invoking other BIOS routines can be found in <ulink url=" @@ -2284,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "invoking-bios-info;\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1531 +#: preparing.xml:1513 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some &arch-title; machines don't have a CMOS configuration menu in the BIOS. " @@ -2300,13 +2278,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1522, index.docbook:1865 #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1542 preparing.xml:1885 +#: preparing.xml:1524 preparing.xml:1867 #, no-c-format msgid "Boot Device Selection" msgstr "選擇開機設備" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1544 +#: preparing.xml:1526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many BIOS set-up menus allow you to select the devices that will be used to " @@ -2324,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "" "從軟碟或者光碟機開機。這是安裝 Debian 最常用的兩個開機設備。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1555 +#: preparing.xml:1537 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a newer SCSI controller and you have a CD-ROM device attached to " @@ -2336,7 +2314,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟機啟動系統。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1562 +#: preparing.xml:1544 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Other popular option is to boot from a USB storage (also called USB memory " @@ -2351,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB-ZIP</quote> 開機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1570 +#: preparing.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here are some details about how to set the boot order. Remember to reset the " @@ -2362,13 +2340,13 @@ msgstr "" "來的開機順序，這樣，您就能像以前一樣從硬碟開機了。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1579 +#: preparing.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on IDE Computers" msgstr "修改 IDE 介面電腦的開機順序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1582 +#: preparing.xml:1564 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the BIOS utility. Often, it " @@ -2380,7 +2358,7 @@ msgstr "" "關文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1589 +#: preparing.xml:1571 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Find the boot sequence in the setup utility. Its location depends on your " @@ -2390,19 +2368,19 @@ msgstr "" "關。不管如何，您要找的是列有設備的欄位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1594 +#: preparing.xml:1576 #, no-c-format msgid "Common entries on IDE machines are C, A, cdrom or A, C, cdrom." msgstr "對 IDE 機器而言，列表裡常見的選項是 C、A、cdrom 或者 A、C、cdrom。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1599 +#: preparing.xml:1581 #, no-c-format msgid "C is the hard drive, and A is the floppy drive." msgstr "C 就是硬碟，而 A 則是軟碟機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1605 +#: preparing.xml:1587 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Change the boot sequence setting so that the CD-ROM or the floppy is first. " @@ -2413,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> 或者 <keycap>Page Down</keycap> 鍵能夠循環地切換可能的選項。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1613 +#: preparing.xml:1595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2421,20 +2399,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "然後，儲存您對設定的修改。螢幕上的提示會告訴您如何才能儲存您的設定。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1623 +#: preparing.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "Changing the Boot Order on SCSI Computers" msgstr "修改 SCSI 介面電腦的開機順序" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1627 +#: preparing.xml:1609 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As your computer starts, press the keys to enter the SCSI setup utility." msgstr "當您的電腦開機時，可以按某些鍵進入 SCSI 的設定軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1632 +#: preparing.xml:1614 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can start the SCSI setup utility after the memory check and the message " @@ -2444,7 +2422,7 @@ msgstr "" "提示的時候啟動 SCSI 設定軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1638 +#: preparing.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The keystrokes you need depend on the utility. Often, it is " @@ -2456,20 +2434,20 @@ msgstr "" "的相關文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1646 +#: preparing.xml:1628 #, no-c-format msgid "Find the utility for changing the boot order." msgstr "尋找用來修改開機順序的工具軟體。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1651 +#: preparing.xml:1633 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Set the utility so that the SCSI ID of the CD drive is first on the list." msgstr "透過這個工具軟體修改設定，讓光碟機的 SCSI ID 排在列表的首位。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1657 +#: preparing.xml:1639 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Save your changes. Instructions on the screen tell you how to save the " @@ -2479,19 +2457,19 @@ msgstr "" "需要按 <keycap>F10</keycap>。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1671 +#: preparing.xml:1653 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous BIOS Settings" msgstr "其餘的 BIOS 設定項目" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1673 +#: preparing.xml:1655 #, no-c-format msgid "CD-ROM Settings" msgstr "CD-ROM 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1674 +#: preparing.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some BIOS systems (such as Award BIOS) allow you to automatically set the CD " @@ -2504,13 +2482,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 的錯誤提示，那麼就有可能是您的設定有問題。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1684 +#: preparing.xml:1666 #, no-c-format msgid "Extended vs. Expanded Memory" msgstr "延伸記憶體與擴充記憶體" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1685 +#: preparing.xml:1667 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your system provides both ex<emphasis>ten</emphasis>ded and " @@ -2523,13 +2501,13 @@ msgstr "" "體設定得盡量小。Linux 需要使用延伸記憶體，但無法利用擴充記憶體。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1695 +#: preparing.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "Virus Protection" msgstr "病毒保護" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1696 +#: preparing.xml:1678 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Disable any virus-warning features your BIOS may provide. If you have a " @@ -2551,13 +2529,13 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1717 +#: preparing.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Shadow RAM" msgstr "記憶體映像" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1718 +#: preparing.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Your motherboard may provide <emphasis>shadow RAM</emphasis> or BIOS " @@ -2579,13 +2557,13 @@ msgstr "" "用更多的常規記憶體。而繼續開啟記憶體映像則有可能妨礙 Linux 存取硬體設備。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1735 +#: preparing.xml:1717 #, no-c-format msgid "Memory Hole" msgstr "記憶體空洞" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1736 +#: preparing.xml:1718 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your BIOS offers something like <quote>15–16 MB Memory Hole</" @@ -2596,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" "它。如果您有那麼多記憶體的話，Linux 就會認為在那兒應該能找到記憶體區塊。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1742 +#: preparing.xml:1724 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We have a report of an Intel Endeavor motherboard on which there is an " @@ -2615,13 +2593,13 @@ msgstr "" "定，則一切正常，否則就不行。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1758 +#: preparing.xml:1740 #, no-c-format msgid "Advanced Power Management" msgstr "進階電源管理" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1759 +#: preparing.xml:1741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If your motherboard provides Advanced Power Management (APM), configure it " @@ -2635,13 +2613,13 @@ msgstr "" "定時器。Linux 可以接管這些模式的控制權，而且能比 BIOS 的電源管理做得更好。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1777 +#: preparing.xml:1759 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware Revisions and Existing OS Setup" msgstr "韌體修訂版和既有的 OS 設定" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1779 +#: preparing.xml:1761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&arch-title; machines are generally self-configuring and do not require " @@ -2661,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot ROM。BVMBug boot ROM 不屬於 BVM 系統的標準配置，但可用從 BVM 免費取得。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1802 +#: preparing.xml:1784 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenFirmware" msgstr "使用 OpenFireware" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1803 +#: preparing.xml:1785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is normally no need to set up the BIOS (called OpenFirmware) on &arch-" @@ -2681,7 +2659,7 @@ msgstr "" "電腦手冊中相關的硬體文件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1811 +#: preparing.xml:1793 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On &arch-title; Macintoshes, you invoke OpenFirmware with " @@ -2698,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "" "powerpc-faq;\"></ulink> 取得更多提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1820 +#: preparing.xml:1802 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware prompt looks like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2720,7 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "" "器連接埠連接到另外一台電腦上的終端程式來與 OpenFirmware 交互。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1833 +#: preparing.xml:1815 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The OpenFirmware on OldWorld Beige G3 machines, OF versions 2.0f1 and 2.4, " @@ -2740,13 +2718,13 @@ msgstr "" "nvram。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1852 +#: preparing.xml:1834 #, no-c-format msgid "Invoking OpenBoot" msgstr "使用 OpenBoot" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1854 +#: preparing.xml:1836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "OpenBoot provides the basic functions needed to boot the &arch-title; " @@ -2760,7 +2738,7 @@ msgstr "" "做很多事情如診斷，簡單腳本，等等。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1862 +#: preparing.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get to the boot prompt you need to hold down the <keycap>Stop</keycap> " @@ -2779,7 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "" "下 <keycap>n</keycap> 鍵得到新風格的提示符號。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1874 +#: preparing.xml:1856 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are using a serial console, send a break to the machine. With " @@ -2793,7 +2771,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1887 +#: preparing.xml:1869 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You can use OpenBoot to boot from specific devices, and also to change your " @@ -2811,7 +2789,7 @@ msgstr "" "Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1897 +#: preparing.xml:1879 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Typically, with newer revisions, you can use OpenBoot device such as " @@ -2850,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr "" "OpenBoot Reference</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1920 +#: preparing.xml:1902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To boot from a specific device, use the command <userinput>boot " @@ -2879,19 +2857,19 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 或在 Solaris下執行：" #. Tag: screen -#: preparing.xml:1939 +#: preparing.xml:1921 #, no-c-format msgid "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" msgstr "eeprom boot-device=disk1:1" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1949 +#: preparing.xml:1931 #, no-c-format msgid "BIOS Setup" msgstr "BIOS 設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1950 +#: preparing.xml:1932 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to install &debian; on a &arch-title; or zSeries machine you have " @@ -2910,7 +2888,7 @@ msgstr "" "方式使用。這歸因於該系統上的 3215/3270 控制台是線性，而不是字元型的。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1962 +#: preparing.xml:1944 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Linux on this platform runs either natively on the bare machine, in a so-" @@ -2928,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr "" "機。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1972 +#: preparing.xml:1954 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you actually perform an installation, you have to go over some design " @@ -2948,13 +2926,13 @@ msgstr "" "本文件查看 Debian 規格的安裝步驟。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:1989 +#: preparing.xml:1971 #, no-c-format msgid "Native and LPAR installations" msgstr "本地的 (Native) 和 LPAR 安裝" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:1990 +#: preparing.xml:1972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 5 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2970,13 +2948,13 @@ msgstr "" "如何為 Linux 建立 LPAR 的部分。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2004 +#: preparing.xml:1986 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation as a VM guest" msgstr "以一個 VM guest 安裝" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2006 +#: preparing.xml:1988 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please refer to chapter 6 of the <ulink url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/" @@ -2992,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr "" "如何為運行 Linux 建立 VM guest 的部分。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2016 +#: preparing.xml:1998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to copy all the files from the <filename>generic</filename> sub-" @@ -3005,13 +2983,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 是以固定 80 個字元長度的二進位形式進行傳輸。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2028 +#: preparing.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up an installation server" msgstr "設置安裝伺服器" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2030 +#: preparing.xml:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you don't have a connection to the Internet (either directly or via a web " @@ -3024,7 +3002,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS，HTTP 或 FTP 存取。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2038 +#: preparing.xml:2020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installation server needs to copy the exact directory structure from any " @@ -3036,19 +3014,19 @@ msgstr "" "和一些獨立於架構的檔案。您也可以複製所有的安裝光碟片到這樣的目錄樹中。" #. Tag: emphasis -#: preparing.xml:2047 +#: preparing.xml:2029 #, no-c-format msgid "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" msgstr "FIXME: more information needed — from a Redbook?" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2053 +#: preparing.xml:2035 #, no-c-format msgid "Hardware Issues to Watch Out For" msgstr "需要留意的硬體問題" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2054 +#: preparing.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many people have tried operating their 90 MHz CPU at 100 MHz, etc. It " @@ -3066,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "調回標準速度後，問題迎刃而解。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2064 +#: preparing.xml:2046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>gcc</command> compiler is often the first thing to die from bad " @@ -3083,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "" "中止執行。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2074 +#: preparing.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Atari TT RAM boards are notorious for RAM problems under Linux; if you " @@ -3098,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "" "more description of this needed. </emphasis></phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2086 +#: preparing.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The very best motherboards support parity RAM and will actually tell you if " @@ -3116,7 +3094,7 @@ msgstr "" "的記憶體。另外還可以參閱 <xref linkend=\"Parity-RAM\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2097 +#: preparing.xml:2079 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do have true-parity RAM and your motherboard can handle it, be sure " @@ -3127,13 +3105,13 @@ msgstr "" "在 BIOS 的設定裡開啟相應的選項，好讓主機板在發現奇偶檢驗錯時送出中斷呼叫。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2105 +#: preparing.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "The Turbo Switch" msgstr "加速 (Turbo) 開關" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2106 +#: preparing.xml:2088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many systems have a <emphasis>turbo</emphasis> switch that controls the " @@ -3151,13 +3129,13 @@ msgstr "" "備)時，會無意觸動加速開關的軟體控制。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2119 +#: preparing.xml:2101 #, no-c-format msgid "Cyrix CPUs and Floppy Disk Errors" msgstr "Cyrix 處理器和軟碟錯誤" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2120 +#: preparing.xml:2102 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many users of Cyrix CPUs have had to disable the cache in their systems " @@ -3171,7 +3149,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您繼續停用，系統會變慢<emphasis>很多</emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2128 +#: preparing.xml:2110 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We don't think this is necessarily the fault of the Cyrix CPU. It may be " @@ -3184,13 +3162,13 @@ msgstr "" "元模式時，導致高速快取失效造成的。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2138 +#: preparing.xml:2120 #, no-c-format msgid "Peripheral Hardware Settings" msgstr "周邊硬體的設置" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2139 +#: preparing.xml:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may have to change some settings or jumpers on your computer's " @@ -3203,7 +3181,7 @@ msgstr "" "的提示。" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2146 +#: preparing.xml:2128 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If any cards provide <quote>mapped memory</quote>, the memory should be " @@ -3216,13 +3194,13 @@ msgstr "" "到您系統中總記憶體 1 MB 以後的位址。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2157 +#: preparing.xml:2139 #, no-c-format msgid "USB BIOS support and keyboards" msgstr "USB BIOS 支援與鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2158 +#: preparing.xml:2140 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have no AT-style keyboard and only a USB model, you may need to " @@ -3240,13 +3218,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>USB keyboard support</quote> 選項。" #. Tag: title -#: preparing.xml:2171 +#: preparing.xml:2153 #, no-c-format msgid "More than 64 MB RAM" msgstr "大於 64 MB 的記憶體" #. Tag: para -#: preparing.xml:2172 +#: preparing.xml:2154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Linux Kernel cannot always detect what amount of RAM you have. If this " @@ -3256,6 +3234,28 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/>。" #~ msgid "" +#~ "Install additional software (<firstterm>tasks</firstterm> and/or " +#~ "<firstterm>packages</firstterm>), at your discretion." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "選擇安裝您要使用的其他的軟體(<firstterm>程式單元</firstterm>和/或" +#~ "<firstterm>軟體套件</firstterm>)﹔" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Upon loading the new base system, <classname>base-config</classname> " +#~ "supervises adding users, setting a time zone (via <classname>tzsetup</" +#~ "classname>), and setting up the package installation system (using " +#~ "<classname>apt-setup</classname>). It then launches <classname>tasksel</" +#~ "classname> which can be used to select large groups of related programs, " +#~ "and in turn can run <classname>aptitude</classname> which allows you to " +#~ "choose individual software packages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在載入新裝的基本系統時，<classname>base-config</classname> 帶領您新增使用" +#~ "者帳號、設定時區 (透過 <classname>tzsetup</classname>)，並進行軟體套件安裝" +#~ "系統的配置 (使用 <classname>apt-setup</classname>)。然後，它將開機 " +#~ "<classname>tasksel</classname> 程式來安裝以相互關聯分成的幾個軟體大組件，" +#~ "或者 <classname>aptitude</classname> 程式來讓您挑選單獨的軟體套件。" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "After installation you can enable Boot Sector protection if you want. " #~ "This offers no additional security in Linux but if you also run Windows " #~ "it may prevent a catastrophe. There is no need to tamper with the Master " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po index d79f9a9de..12099d05e 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -19,774 +19,11 @@ msgstr "其他" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:11 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" -msgstr "預先設定檔範例" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:13 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " -"automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-install" -"\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the file." -msgstr "" -"這是一個完整的用於自動安裝的預先設定檔的實例。使用的說明在 <xref linkend=" -"\"automatic-install\"/>。您可以在使用該檔案前移除某些行前面的註解。" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:21 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " -"had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" -"continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the next " -"line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be joined " -"into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, preconfiguration " -"will fail with unpredictable results." -msgstr "" -"為了能在手冊中正確示範這個例子，我們不得不分割一些設定行。透過使用行連接符號 " -"<quote>\\</quote> 和下一行的縮排標記。在實際的設定檔中，這些分割的設定行必須" -"合併成 <emphasis>單獨的一行</emphasis>。 如果您沒有這樣做，預先設定檔會造成不" -"可預估的失敗。" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:29 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" -"preseed;." -msgstr "" - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:41 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"#### Startup.\n" -"\n" -"# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" -"# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" -"# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" -"# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" -"# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" -"#\n" -"# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" -"# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" -"# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" -"# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" -"# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed file\n" -"# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" -"# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" -"# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" -"# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" -"# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" -"# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" -"# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" -"# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" -"#\n" -"# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can\n" -"# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the kernel\n" -"# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the preseed\n" -"# variables listed below.\n" -"#\n" -"# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical in\n" -"# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses some.\n" -"# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " -"hit\n" -"# enter to boot the installer.\n" -"#\n" -"# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" -"# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" -"# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" -"# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" -"# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" -"#\n" -"# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" -"# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" -"# preseeding.\n" -"\n" -"# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" -"# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" -"# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" -"# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"\n" -"#### Network configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from the\n" -"# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You can\n" -"# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" -"# loading preseed files from the network.\n" -"\n" -"# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes it\n" -"# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" -"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" -"\n" -"# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" -"# it, this might be useful.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" -"\n" -"# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" -"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" -"# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" -"# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" -"\n" -"# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" -"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" -"\n" -"#### Mirror settings.\n" -"\n" -"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" -"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" -"d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" -"\n" -"#### Partitioning.\n" -"\n" -"# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that space.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" -"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name can\n" -"# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" -"# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" -"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" -" All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" -"\n" -"# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." -"txt.\n" -"# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" -"# just point at it.\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" -"\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" -"# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" -"# for the root partition:\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" -"# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" -"# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" -"# boot-root ::\n" -"# 40 50 100 ext3\n" -"# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ / }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" -"# method{ swap } format{ }\n" -"# .\n" -"\n" -"# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" -"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" -"d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" -" Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" -"d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Boot loader installation.\n" -"\n" -"# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" -"# instead, uncomment this:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " -"MBR\n" -"# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " -"OS\n" -"# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" -"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the mbr,\n" -"# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" -"\n" -"#### Shell commands.\n" -"\n" -"# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer checks\n" -"# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" -"# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" -"# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, here's\n" -"# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" -"# automatically.\n" -"\n" -"# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" -"# preseeding is read.\n" -"#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" -"# still a usable /target directory.\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" -"# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or to\n" -"# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" -"# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" -"\n" -"###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" -"\n" -"#### Preseeding base-config.\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the introductory message.\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# Avoid the final message.\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " -"immediately\n" -"# after base-config finishes.\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've installed.\n" -"# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the project\n" -"# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" -"\n" -"#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" -"\n" -"# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" -"# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" -"# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" -"# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" -"# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" -"# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" -"# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" -"# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" -"# DeNoronha, other)\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" -"# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer you're\n" -"# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via this\n" -"# question.\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" -"# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" -"# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one of\n" -"# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" -"\n" -"#### Account setup.\n" -"\n" -"# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" -"# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"\n" -"# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" -"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" -"# And their password, but use caution!\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"\n" -"#### Apt setup.\n" -"\n" -"# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" -"# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources list\n" -"# by hand\n" -"base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" -"\n" -"# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" -"base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" -"# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Do enable security updates.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### Package selection.\n" -"\n" -"# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" -"# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" -"# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" -"# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" -"# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" -"# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" -"# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" -"\n" -"#### Mailer configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" -"# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" -" select no configuration at this time\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" -"# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" -"# /var/mail/mail.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" -"\n" -"#### X Configuration.\n" -"\n" -"# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know\n" -"# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" -"# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" -"\n" -"# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're preseeding,\n" -"# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" -"\n" -"# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" -"# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility of\n" -"# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" -"# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" -"# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " -"not\n" -"# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" -" select medium\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" -" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" -"\n" -"#### Everything else.\n" -"\n" -"# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go wrong\n" -"# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions may\n" -"# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" -"# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" -"# installation, and then run these commands:\n" -"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" -"# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" -"\n" -"# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" -"# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from this\n" -"# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will be\n" -"# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of their\n" -"# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken from\n" -"# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" -"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" -"\n" -"# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names of\n" -"# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs based\n" -"# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " -"reader):\n" -"#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" -"# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-storage-" -"*/*); \\\n" -"# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" -"\n" -"# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" -"# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" -"# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" -msgstr "" -"#### 修改 syslinux.cfg.\n" -"\n" -"# 修改 syslinux.cfg (或類似的檔案) 並在各行尾端加入核心參數。\n" -"#\n" -"# 您至少要加入一項參數以告知安裝程式預先設定檔的位置。\n" -"# 如果您從 USB 媒介安裝，使用以下參數，並將預先設定檔放在 USB 隨身碟的最上" -"層\n" -"# 目錄。\n" -"# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" -"# 如果您以網路開機，使用以下參數：\n" -"# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" -"# 如果您使用光碟，您可以設定:\n" -"# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" -"# 請確定把預先設定檔複製到您所指定的位置。\n" -"# \n" -"# 您可以指定檢查和 (checksum) 數值來確保安裝程式取得正確的預先設定檔。\n" -"# 目前必須使用 md5sum 檢查和，一旦檢查和被指定，就必須和檔案的檢查和相同，\n" -"# 否則安裝程式將會拒絕使用此檔案。(Sarge 安裝程式不支援檢查和功能) \n" -"#\n" -"# preseed/url/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" -"# preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" -"#\n" -"# 您也許想要在預先設定檔中設置 debconf/priority=critical 以省略大部分問題 (\n" -"# 儘管在接下來的預先設置中您可能會遺漏某些參數)。您也可以將倒數設定為 1，這\n" -"# 樣就不用按下 enter 鍵來啟動安裝程式。\n" -"# \n" -"# 語言、國家和鍵盤配置無法在預先設定檔中做預設，因為這些問題會在預先設定檔" -"被\n" -"# 載入之前提出。欲略過這些問題，請加入核心參數。\n" -"# 如果您使用 sarge 安裝程式，請加入以下三項：\n" -"#\n" -"# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" -"# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"#\n" -"# 較新版本的安裝程式只需要兩項：\n" -"#\n" -"# debian-installer/locale=en_US\n" -"# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" -"#\n" -"# 請注意，核心最多接受 8 個命令列參數、8 個環境選項 (包括被安裝程式自動帶入\n" -"# 的參數)。如果超過這兩個限制，2.4 版的核心會忽略超過的參數，而 2.6 版的核" -"心\n" -"# 會產生錯誤 (panic)。比 2.6.9 更新的核心版本可以使用 32 個命令列參數和 32 \n" -"# 個環境選項。\n" -"#\n" -"# 大部分狀況下，可以移除 'vga=normal' 此一預設選項，藉此加入更多預設參數。\n" -"\n" -"#### 介殼命令\n" -"\n" -"# d-i的預先設置是不安全的，安裝程式將不會檢查這類設定檔中的參數是否會造成暫\n" -"# 存滿溢或是設定不足。因此，請確定您從可信任的地方存取預先設定檔！接下來將" -"詳\n" -"# 述在安裝程式中執行介殼命令的方法，這非常的實用。\n" -"\n" -"# 這個命令應該在讀取預先設定檔之後立刻被執行\n" -"#d-i preseed/early_command string \\\n" -"# wget http://url/to/my.udeb -O /tmp/my.udeb; udpkg -i /tmp/my.udeb\n" -"\n" -"# 這個命令在安裝程式結束的前一步執行，但 /target 目錄必須存在且可以使用。\n" -"#d-i preseed/late_command string \\\n" -"# for deb in /hd-media/*.deb; do cp $deb /target/tmp; \\\n" -"# chroot /target dpkg -i /tmp/$(basename $deb); done\n" -"\n" -"# 這個指令在 base-config 執行的時候被執行。\n" -"#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" -"\n" -"# 這個指令在 base-config 結束之後、login: 提示號之前被執行。如果您想安裝某" -"些\n" -"# 軟體套件，或是調整系統設定，這將是一個好方法。\n" -"#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" -"# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" -"\n" -"#### 網路設定\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您從網路開機，這部分內容當然不適用。但如果您是以 USB 隨碟或是光碟開機\n" -"# ，您仍可以設定核心的網路設定參數以從網路讀取預先設定檔\n" -"\n" -"# 如果有可用連線，netcfg 將會選擇其中一條。如果有一條以上的連線，將不會顯示\n" -"# 連線清單。\n" -"d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您想要手動設定網路，請參考以下方法：\n" -"#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" -"#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" -"#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 請注意，任何從 DHCP 取得的主機名稱和網域名稱將會蓋過以下設定，但是設定以" -"下\n" -"# 參數仍可以在從 DHCP 取得資料的請況下避免顯示對話框.\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" -"d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" -"\n" -"# 取消煩人的 WEP 密鑰對話框。\n" -"d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# 某些 ISP 供應商用奇怪的 DHCP 主機名稱來當作密碼一類的用途。\n" -"#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" -"\n" -"#### 設定鏡像站\n" -"\n" -"d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" -"d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" -"d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"d-i mirror/http/proxy string \n" -"\n" -"### 分割磁區\n" -"\n" -"# 如果系統還有剩餘空間，您可以要求只分割該剩餘空間。\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" -"# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" -"\n" -"# 或者，您可以選擇要被分割的磁碟，設備的名稱可以用 devfs 格式或是傳統的 \n" -"# 非devfs 格式指定。例如，第一個磁碟的 devfs 名稱為：\n" -"d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" -"\n" -"# 您可以選擇任何預設的分割方式：\n" -"d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" -" All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" -"\n" -"# 或是提供您自己的分割方式...\n" -"# 設定分割方法的格式請參考 devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt。\n" -"# 如果您有任何其他的分割方式設定檔，您也可以直接指定：\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" -"\n" -"# 如果沒有，您可以加入一行設定，下面範例會建立一個 /boot 小分割區，大小適中\n" -"# 的置換分割區，並把剩下的空間分配給根分割區：\n" -"#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" -"# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } . \n" -"# 下面用適合閱讀的格式表示同樣的設定，以利您參考：\n" -"# boot-root ::\n" -"# 40 50 100 ext3\n" -"# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" -"# method{ format } format{ }\n" -"# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" -"# mountpoint{ / }\n" -"# .\n" -"# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" -"# method{ swap } format{ }\n" -"# .\n" -"\n" -"# 以下設定使 partman 不確認就開始分割。\n" -"d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" -"d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" -" Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" -"d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" -"\n" -"#### 安裝 boot-loader\n" -"\n" -"# Grub 是預設的 boot-loader (在 x86 下)，如果您想安裝 lilo，移除下面設定的\n" -"# 註解：\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 請安心使用以下設定，這將使 grub 在沒有其他作業系統的情況下自動安裝\n" -"# 到 MBR。\n" -"d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 這會讓 grub-installer 在有其他作業系統的狀況下仍安裝 grub 到 MBR。這可能" -"會\n" -"# 您無法啟動其他作業系統。\n" -"d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 或者，若您想要把 grub 安裝到 MBR 以外的地方，把下面數行加上註解：\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" -"#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" -"\n" -"##### 結束安裝程序的第一階段\n" -"\n" -"# 取消安裝即將結束的訊息。\n" -"d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note \n" -"\n" -"\n" -"##### 預先設定 base-config\n" -"\n" -"# 取消介紹訊息。\n" -"base-config base-config/intro note\n" -"\n" -"# 取消最後的訊息\n" -"base-config base-config/login note\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您安裝了顯示管理程式，但又不想在 base-config 結束後立刻啟動之：\n" -"#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# 安裝程式的某些版本能夠回報您安裝了什麼，預設為不回報，但是送出回報能夠幫\n" -"# 助專案得知哪些軟體很熱門，並將之放入光碟中。\n" -"#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" -"\n" -"###### 設定時區\n" -"\n" -"# 決定硬體時間是否被設定成 GMT 時間。\n" -"base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 簡單的時區預設。您可以選擇任何可用的設定值給 $TZ。請參考\n" -"# /usr/share/zoneinf/ 中的選項\n" -"base-config tzconfig/preseed_zone string US/Eastern\n" -"\n" -"# 時區的預先設置曾經很複雜，舊的設定方式將完整描述於下文，如果您正在使用 " -"sarge，\n" -"# 您需要下面的方法。\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您告訴安裝程式您位於美國，那麼您可以用此變數設定時區。\n" -"# (選項有：Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii, Aleutian, \n" -"# Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" -"base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" -"# 如果您位於加拿大\n" -"# (選項有：Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" -"# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" -"base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" -"# 如果您位於巴西 (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" -"# DeNoronha, other)\n" -"base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" -"# 很多國家只有一個時區，如果您告訴安裝程式您位於那些國家之一，您可以透過以\n" -"# 下問題來選擇標準時區。\n" -"base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" -"# 這個問題是為了確認上述中具有多個時區國家之外的國家。您可以選擇其中一個時\n" -"# 區或是 \"other\"。\n" -"#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select \n" -"\n" -"###### 設定帳號\n" -"\n" -"# 欲設定 root 的密碼，您必須在這個檔案中以明文表示。這不是個好做法，請小心\n" -"# 使用！\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" -"#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您想跳過建立一般使用者帳號的步驟：\n" -"#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# 或者，您可以預先設定使用者全名和登入帳號。\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" -"#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" -"# 以及密碼，但請小心使用這個設定！\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" -"#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" -"\n" -"###### 設定 Apt\n" -"\n" -"# 這個問題決定在第二階段中軟體套件的來源，可選的有 cdrom、http、ftp、\n" -"# filesystem 和 edit source list manually。\n" -"# by hand\n" -"base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您選擇 ftp 或 http，您將會被詢問國家和鏡像站。\n" -"base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" -"base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" -"base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" -"# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" -"base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" -"\n" -"# 您可以選擇是否安裝 non-free 和 contrib 軟體。\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" -"#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 啟用安全更新。\n" -"base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" -"\n" -"###### 選擇軟體套件\n" -"\n" -"# 您可以選擇安裝任何組合的可用軟體集。本文中可用的軟體集有：\n" -"# Desktop environment, Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server\n" -"# Mail server, SQL database 和 manual package selection。最後一個選項將會\n" -"# 執行 aptitude。您也可以不安裝軟體集，並以其他方式強迫安裝其他軟體套件。\n" -"tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment\n" -"#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Mail server, DNS " -"server\n" -"\n" -"###### 郵件設定\n" -"\n" -"# 在一般安裝中，exit 只會問兩個問題，下面告訴您如何跳過這兩個問題。您也可以\n" -"# 設置更複雜的預先設定。\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" -" select no configuration at this time\n" -"exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 建議您對任何您建立的使用者帳號作以下的設定，如果這個選項留白，那麼 \n" -"# postmaster 的郵件將會存到 /var/mail/mail.\n" -"exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string \n" -"\n" -"###### 設定 X\n" -"\n" -"# 您也可以預先設定 Debian 的 X。但是您可能需要知道顯示硬體的細節，因為 \n" -"# Debian 的 X 設定程式不會自動設定所有的參數。\n" -"\n" -"# X 可以正確偵測某些顯示卡的驅動程式，但如果您使用預先設定，您將會蓋過自動\n" -"# 偵測的結果。不過，VESA 能在大多數狀況下使用。\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" -"\n" -"# 這裡必須警告您，如果 X 無法偵測到滑鼠，它將會不斷嘗試。所以，如果您預先設" -"定\n" -"# 了滑鼠，那麼就有可能陷入偵測不到滑鼠的無限迴圈。\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" -"\n" -"# 建議您使用自動偵測顯示器\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" -"# 如果使用液晶顯示器，請註解下面設定。\n" -"#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" -"# X 有三種階級來設定顯示器，下面是 \"medium\" 階級的設定，理當永久可用。而\n" -"# \"simple\" 階級可能不會永久可用，至於 \"advanced\" 則會詢問非常多問題。\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" -" select medium\n" -"xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" -" select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" -"\n" -"###### 其他\n" -"\n" -"# 根據您所安裝的軟體，或是安裝過程中出現的錯誤，其他問題可能會被提及。您也" -"可\n" -"# 預先設定它們。您可以藉由執行安裝程式，並且執行下面指令以取得其他問題的\n" -"# 清單：\n" -"# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" -"# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" -"\n" -"# 如果您喜歡，您可以帶入其他預先設定檔到此檔案中。那些檔案中的設定將會覆蓋" -"本\n" -"# 檔案之前有設定的部份。您可以帶入一個以上的預先設定檔，請以空白格開。這些\n" -"# 檔案也可以帶入它們自己的預先設定指令。請注意，如果檔案路徑是以相對路徑\n" -"# 表示，那麼將從帶入它們的父檔案所處位置開始。\n" -"#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" -"\n" -"# 安裝程式在使用預先設定檔之前得確認該檔案的檢查和。目前只支援 md5sum，按照\n" -"# 引入的檔案順序列出這些檔案的檢查和。(Sarge 安裝程式不支援檢查和。)\n" -"#d-i pressed/include/checksum string " -"5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" -"\n" -"# 或者您可以更靈活的設定，下面的介殼命令會決定預先設定設定檔的名稱。例如，\n" -"# 在 USB 隨身碟 (在這個範例中，為一內建讀卡機) 下的設定檔之中切換：\n" -"#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" -"# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-storage-" -"*/*); \\\n" -"# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" -"# 在安裝之前您可以檢查您的預先設置檔語法是否正確，請使用：\n" -"# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:52 -#, no-c-format msgid "Linux Devices" msgstr "Linux 裡的設備" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:53 +#: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. These " @@ -804,289 +41,289 @@ msgstr "" "面列舉了最重要的一些設備檔。" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:68 +#: random-bits.xml:27 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:69 +#: random-bits.xml:28 #, no-c-format msgid "First Floppy Drive" msgstr "第一個軟碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:71 +#: random-bits.xml:30 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>fd1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>fd1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:72 +#: random-bits.xml:31 #, no-c-format msgid "Second Floppy Drive" msgstr "第二個軟碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:78 +#: random-bits.xml:37 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:79 +#: random-bits.xml:38 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Master)" msgstr "在第一個 IDE 埠(Master)的 IDE 硬碟/光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:81 +#: random-bits.xml:40 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:82 +#: random-bits.xml:41 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the first IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "在第一個 IDE 埠(Slave)的 IDE 硬碟/光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:84 +#: random-bits.xml:43 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:85 +#: random-bits.xml:44 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Master)" msgstr "在第二個 IDE 埠(Master)的 IDE 硬碟/光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:87 +#: random-bits.xml:46 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>hdd</filename>" msgstr "<filename>hdd</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:88 +#: random-bits.xml:47 #, no-c-format msgid "IDE Hard disk / CD-ROM on the second IDE port (Slave)" msgstr "在第二個 IDE 埠(Slave)的 IDE 硬碟/光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:90 +#: random-bits.xml:49 #, no-c-format msgid "hda1" msgstr "hda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:91 +#: random-bits.xml:50 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first IDE hard disk" msgstr "在第一塊 IDE 硬碟上的第一個分割區" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:93 +#: random-bits.xml:52 #, no-c-format msgid "hdd15" msgstr "hdd15" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:94 +#: random-bits.xml:53 #, no-c-format msgid "Fifteenth partition of the fourth IDE hard disk" msgstr "在第四塊 IDE 硬碟上的第十五個分割區" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:100 +#: random-bits.xml:59 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sda</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sda</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:101 +#: random-bits.xml:60 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with lowest SCSI ID (e.g. 0)" msgstr "SCSI ID 最小(例如 0)的 SCSI 硬碟" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:103 +#: random-bits.xml:62 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdb</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdb</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:104 +#: random-bits.xml:63 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 1)" msgstr "下一個 SCSI ID (例如 1)的 SCSI 硬碟" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:106 +#: random-bits.xml:65 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sdc</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sdc</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:107 +#: random-bits.xml:66 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI Hard disk with next higher SCSI ID (e.g. 2)" msgstr "下一個 SCSI ID (例如 2)的 SCSI 硬碟" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:109 +#: random-bits.xml:68 #, no-c-format msgid "sda1" msgstr "sda1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:110 +#: random-bits.xml:69 #, no-c-format msgid "First partition of the first SCSI hard disk" msgstr "在第一塊 SCSI 硬碟上的第一個分割區" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:112 +#: random-bits.xml:71 #, no-c-format msgid "sdd10" msgstr "sdd10" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:113 +#: random-bits.xml:72 #, no-c-format msgid "Tenth partition of the fourth SCSI hard disk" msgstr "在第四塊 SCSI 硬碟上的第十個分割區" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:119 +#: random-bits.xml:78 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr0</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr0</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:120 +#: random-bits.xml:79 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the lowest SCSI ID" msgstr "SCSI ID 最小的 SCSI 光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:122 +#: random-bits.xml:81 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>sr1</filename>" msgstr "<filename>sr1</filename>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:123 +#: random-bits.xml:82 #, no-c-format msgid "SCSI CD-ROM with the next higher SCSI ID" msgstr "下一個 SCSI ID 的 SCSI 光碟機" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:129 +#: random-bits.xml:88 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS0" msgstr "ttyS0" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:130 +#: random-bits.xml:89 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 0, COM1 under MS-DOS" msgstr "序列埠 0，即 MS-DOS 下的 COM1" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:132 +#: random-bits.xml:91 #, no-c-format msgid "ttyS1" msgstr "ttyS1" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:133 +#: random-bits.xml:92 #, no-c-format msgid "Serial port 1, COM2 under MS-DOS" msgstr "序列埠 1，即 MS-DOS 下的 COM2" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:135 +#: random-bits.xml:94 #, no-c-format msgid "psaux" msgstr "psaux" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:136 +#: random-bits.xml:95 #, no-c-format msgid "PS/2 mouse device" msgstr "PS/2 滑鼠設備" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:138 +#: random-bits.xml:97 #, no-c-format msgid "gpmdata" msgstr "gpmdata" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:139 +#: random-bits.xml:98 #, no-c-format msgid "Pseudo device, repeater data from GPM (mouse) daemon" msgstr "虛擬設備，中繼從GPM(滑鼠)服務傳來的資料" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:145 +#: random-bits.xml:104 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom" msgstr "cdrom" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:146 +#: random-bits.xml:105 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the CD-ROM drive" msgstr "指向光碟機的符號鏈結" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:148 +#: random-bits.xml:107 #, no-c-format msgid "mouse" msgstr "mouse" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:149 +#: random-bits.xml:108 #, no-c-format msgid "Symbolic link to the mouse device file" msgstr "指向滑鼠設備檔的符號鏈結" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:155 +#: random-bits.xml:114 #, no-c-format msgid "null" msgstr "null" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:156 +#: random-bits.xml:115 #, no-c-format msgid "Everything pointed to this device will disappear" msgstr "所有指向該設備的東西都會消失" #. Tag: filename -#: random-bits.xml:158 +#: random-bits.xml:117 #, no-c-format msgid "zero" msgstr "zero" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:159 +#: random-bits.xml:118 #, no-c-format msgid "One can endlessly read zeros out of this device" msgstr "可以從該設備永無休止地讀出零" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:166 +#: random-bits.xml:125 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Your Mouse" msgstr "設定您的滑鼠" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:168 +#: random-bits.xml:127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " @@ -1115,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" "定，讓 X 使用原始的滑鼠協定。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:180 +#: random-bits.xml:139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " @@ -1132,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "動 X。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:189 +#: random-bits.xml:148 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If gpm is disabled or not installed with some reason, make sure to set X to " @@ -1150,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:199 +#: random-bits.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/etc/" @@ -1162,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" "input/mice\"</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:205 +#: random-bits.xml:164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " @@ -1173,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "入 <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> 檔案。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:211 +#: random-bits.xml:170 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# 3-button mouse emulation\n" @@ -1195,13 +432,13 @@ msgstr "" "# 對於其他不同的按鍵，使用 showkey 指令來得知其編碼。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:218 +#: random-bits.xml:177 #, no-c-format msgid "Disk Space Needed for Tasks" msgstr "各軟體集所需的磁碟空間" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:230 +#: random-bits.xml:189 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The base installation for i386 using the default 2.4 kernel, including all " @@ -1211,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "含了標準軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:235 +#: random-bits.xml:194 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " @@ -1224,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝後所佔的空間，可能會小於這兩個軟體集分別安裝所佔的空間。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:242 +#: random-bits.xml:201 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " @@ -1238,193 +475,193 @@ msgstr "" "載大小</quote> 是(臨時地)用在 <filename>/var</filename>。" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:255 +#: random-bits.xml:214 #, no-c-format msgid "Task" msgstr "軟體集" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:256 +#: random-bits.xml:215 #, no-c-format msgid "Installed size (MB)" msgstr "安裝大小 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:257 +#: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format msgid "Download size (MB)" msgstr "下載大小 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:258 +#: random-bits.xml:217 #, no-c-format msgid "Space needed to install (MB)" msgstr "安裝所需空間 (MB)" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:264 +#: random-bits.xml:223 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop" msgstr "桌面" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:265 +#: random-bits.xml:224 #, no-c-format msgid "1392" msgstr "1392" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:266 +#: random-bits.xml:225 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>460</entry>" msgstr "<entry>460</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:267 +#: random-bits.xml:226 #, no-c-format msgid "1852" msgstr "1852" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:271 +#: random-bits.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "Web server" msgstr "Web 伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:272 +#: random-bits.xml:231 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>36</entry>" msgstr "<entry>36</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:273 +#: random-bits.xml:232 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>12</entry>" msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:274 +#: random-bits.xml:233 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>48</entry>" msgstr "<entry>48</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:278 +#: random-bits.xml:237 #, no-c-format msgid "Print server" msgstr "印表機伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:279 +#: random-bits.xml:238 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>168</entry>" msgstr "<entry>168</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:280 +#: random-bits.xml:239 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>58</entry>" msgstr "<entry>58</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:281 +#: random-bits.xml:240 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>226</entry>" msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:285 +#: random-bits.xml:244 #, no-c-format msgid "DNS server" msgstr "DNS 伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:286 +#: random-bits.xml:245 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:287 +#: random-bits.xml:246 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:288 random-bits.xml:301 +#: random-bits.xml:247 random-bits.xml:260 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:292 +#: random-bits.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "File server" msgstr "檔案伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:293 +#: random-bits.xml:252 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>47</entry>" msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:294 +#: random-bits.xml:253 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>24</entry>" msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:295 +#: random-bits.xml:254 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>71</entry>" msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:299 +#: random-bits.xml:258 #, no-c-format msgid "Mail server" msgstr "郵件伺服器" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:300 +#: random-bits.xml:259 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>10</entry>" msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:302 +#: random-bits.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>13</entry>" msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:306 +#: random-bits.xml:265 #, no-c-format msgid "SQL database" msgstr "SQL 資料庫" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:307 +#: random-bits.xml:266 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>66</entry>" msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:308 +#: random-bits.xml:267 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>21</entry>" msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:309 +#: random-bits.xml:268 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>87</entry>" msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:315 +#: random-bits.xml:274 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> task will install both the Gnome and KDE " @@ -1432,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<emphasis>桌面</emphasis> 軟體集將同時安裝 Gnome 和 KDE 桌面環境。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:322 +#: random-bits.xml:281 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " @@ -1445,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr "" "不同﹔您應該給 200MB 以上的空間用於下載和安裝。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:337 +#: random-bits.xml:296 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; from a Unix/Linux System" msgstr "透過 Unix/Linux 系統來安裝 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:339 +#: random-bits.xml:298 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " @@ -1472,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr "" "令是在 Debian chroot 環境中輸入的。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:351 +#: random-bits.xml:310 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " @@ -1487,13 +724,13 @@ msgstr "" "透過任何開機或者安裝媒介完成安裝的權宜之計。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:363 +#: random-bits.xml:322 #, no-c-format msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "準備開始" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:364 +#: random-bits.xml:323 #, no-c-format msgid "" "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " @@ -1506,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "想要裝 X， 就需要至少 300MB 的空間了。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:371 +#: random-bits.xml:330 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create file systems on your partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " @@ -1524,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>-j</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:381 +#: random-bits.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " @@ -1547,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)檔案系統)。掛載點的名稱是任意的，後面的步驟將會用到它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:393 +#: random-bits.xml:352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# mkdir /mnt/debinst\n" @@ -1557,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr "" "# mount /dev/hda6 /mnt/debinst" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:396 +#: random-bits.xml:355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " @@ -1566,13 +803,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:406 +#: random-bits.xml:365 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:407 +#: random-bits.xml:366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The tool that the Debian installer uses, which is recognized as the official " @@ -1589,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "下載並安裝 <command>debootstrap</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:417 +#: random-bits.xml:376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb into ." @@ -1601,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:423 +#: random-bits.xml:382 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " @@ -1626,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" "些二進位檔。要把二進位檔安裝到系統中，您必須要擁有 root 的權限。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:438 +#: random-bits.xml:397 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_arch.deb\n" @@ -1638,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" "# zcat /full-path-to-work/work/data.tar.gz | tar xv" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:440 +#: random-bits.xml:399 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have a " @@ -1648,13 +885,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:451 +#: random-bits.xml:410 #, no-c-format msgid "Run <command>debootstrap</command>" msgstr "執行 <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:452 +#: random-bits.xml:411 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " @@ -1670,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"></ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:461 +#: random-bits.xml:420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" @@ -1682,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" "debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:467 +#: random-bits.xml:426 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " @@ -1702,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>sparc</userinput>。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:484 +#: random-bits.xml:443 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# /usr/sbin/debootstrap --arch ARCH &releasename; \\\n" @@ -1712,13 +949,13 @@ msgstr "" "http://http.us.debian.org/debian" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:490 +#: random-bits.xml:449 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure The Base System" msgstr "基本系統的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:491 +#: random-bits.xml:450 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " @@ -1728,19 +965,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>Chroot</command> 用來進入該系統：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:496 +#: random-bits.xml:455 #, no-c-format msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:501 +#: random-bits.xml:460 #, no-c-format msgid "Mount Partitions" msgstr "分割區的掛載" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:502 +#: random-bits.xml:461 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " @@ -1802,13 +1039,13 @@ msgstr "" "a</userinput>，那麼請一定要在接著做之前先把 proc 掛載好：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:522 +#: random-bits.xml:481 #, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:524 +#: random-bits.xml:483 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " @@ -1817,31 +1054,31 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:530 +#: random-bits.xml:489 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "# mount -t proc proc /mnt/debinst/proc" msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:536 +#: random-bits.xml:495 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Keyboard" msgstr "鍵盤的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:537 +#: random-bits.xml:496 #, no-c-format msgid "To configure your keyboard:" msgstr "若要設定您的鍵盤，請：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:541 +#: random-bits.xml:500 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure console-data" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:543 +#: random-bits.xml:502 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " @@ -1849,13 +1086,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:552 +#: random-bits.xml:511 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Networking" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:553 +#: random-bits.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " @@ -1952,45 +1189,24 @@ msgstr "" "在系統啟動時，每塊網卡就能取得您所預期的 interface 名稱了(eth0、eth1 等等)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:589 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" -msgstr "時區、使用者和 APT 的設定" - -#. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:590 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Set your timezone, add a normal user, and choose your <command>apt</command> " -"sources by running" -msgstr "" -"設定您的時區，添加一個普通使用者，再執行下面的指令選擇您的 <command>apt</" -"command> 來源" - -#. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:595 -#, no-c-format -msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" -msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" - -#. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:601 +#: random-bits.xml:548 #, no-c-format msgid "Configure Locales" msgstr "locales 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:602 -#, no-c-format +#: random-bits.xml:549 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " "install the locales support package and configure it: " "<informalexample><screen>\n" "# apt-get install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured before, ie. during " -"the base-config phase. Before using locales with character sets other than " -"ASCII or latin1, please consult the appropriate localization HOWTO." +"</screen></informalexample> NOTE: Apt must be configured beforehand by " +"creating a sources.list and running apt-get update. Before using locales " +"with character sets other than ASCII or latin1, please consult the " +"appropriate localization HOWTO." msgstr "" "要配置您的 locale 設定，以便使用英語以外的其它語言，就需要安裝提供 locales 支" "援的軟體套件，同時設定之： <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2001,13 +1217,13 @@ msgstr "" "參閱相應的本地化指南(localisation HOWTO)。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:618 +#: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "Install a Kernel" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:619 +#: random-bits.xml:567 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " @@ -2023,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "參數來安裝它。" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:628 +#: random-bits.xml:576 #, no-c-format msgid "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" @@ -2031,13 +1247,13 @@ msgstr "" "# apt-get install kernel-image-<replaceable>2.X.X-arch-etc</replaceable>" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:634 +#: random-bits.xml:582 #, no-c-format msgid "Set up the Boot Loader" msgstr "Boot Loader 的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:635 +#: random-bits.xml:583 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " @@ -2050,7 +1266,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 的 chroot 中使用 apt-get 完成。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:642 +#: random-bits.xml:590 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" @@ -2071,13 +1287,13 @@ msgstr "" "lilo，它就會用哪個系統裡的 <filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:653 +#: random-bits.xml:601 #, no-c-format msgid "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> as an example:" msgstr "下面有一個簡單的 <filename>/etc/lilo.conf</filename> 例子：" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:657 +#: random-bits.xml:605 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "boot=/dev/hda6\n" @@ -2097,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" "label=Debian" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:659 +#: random-bits.xml:607 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " @@ -2115,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>lilo.conf</filename> )。" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:669 +#: random-bits.xml:617 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " @@ -2145,13 +1361,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 換成 <userinput>hd:</userinput>。" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:687 +#: random-bits.xml:635 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing &debian; over Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" msgstr "透過 Unix/Linux 系統來安裝 &debian;" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:689 +#: random-bits.xml:637 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without Ethernet " @@ -2161,7 +1377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:697 +#: random-bits.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " @@ -2172,7 +1388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:705 +#: random-bits.xml:653 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " @@ -2181,7 +1397,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:710 +#: random-bits.xml:658 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " @@ -2191,13 +1407,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:720 +#: random-bits.xml:668 #, no-c-format msgid "Requirements" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:723 +#: random-bits.xml:671 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " @@ -2205,13 +1421,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:729 +#: random-bits.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "System installation media; see <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:734 +#: random-bits.xml:682 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" @@ -2219,7 +1435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:740 +#: random-bits.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" @@ -2228,13 +1444,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:752 +#: random-bits.xml:700 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting up source" msgstr "設定您的滑鼠" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:753 +#: random-bits.xml:701 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " @@ -2242,7 +1458,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: random-bits.xml:758 +#: random-bits.xml:706 #, no-c-format msgid "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -2266,13 +1482,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: random-bits.xml:764 +#: random-bits.xml:712 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing target" msgstr "核心的安裝" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:765 +#: random-bits.xml:713 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " @@ -2281,13 +1497,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:777 +#: random-bits.xml:725 #, no-c-format msgid "Load installer components" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:779 +#: random-bits.xml:727 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " @@ -2295,13 +1511,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:787 +#: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format msgid "Detect network hardware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:792 +#: random-bits.xml:740 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " @@ -2311,13 +1527,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:801 +#: random-bits.xml:749 #, no-c-format msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:806 +#: random-bits.xml:754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " @@ -2326,7 +1542,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:813 +#: random-bits.xml:761 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " @@ -2334,32 +1550,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:819 +#: random-bits.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: random-bits.xml:829 +#: random-bits.xml:777 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configure the network" msgstr "網路的設定" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:832 +#: random-bits.xml:780 #, no-c-format msgid "Auto-configure network with DHCP: No" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:837 +#: random-bits.xml:785 #, no-c-format msgid "" "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:842 +#: random-bits.xml:790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" @@ -2367,13 +1583,836 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: random-bits.xml:848 +#: random-bits.xml:796 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" +#~ msgstr "預先設定檔範例" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " +#~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" +#~ "install\"/>. You may want to uncomment some of the lines before using the " +#~ "file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "這是一個完整的用於自動安裝的預先設定檔的實例。使用的說明在 <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"automatic-install\"/>。您可以在使用該檔案前移除某些行前面的註解。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " +#~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" +#~ "continuation-character <quote>\\</quote> and extra indentation in the " +#~ "next line. In a real preconfiguration file, these split lines have to be " +#~ "joined into <emphasis>one single line</emphasis>. If you do not, " +#~ "preconfiguration will fail with unpredictable results." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為了能在手冊中正確示範這個例子，我們不得不分割一些設定行。透過使用行連接符" +#~ "號 <quote>\\</quote> 和下一行的縮排標記。在實際的設定檔中，這些分割的設定" +#~ "行必須合併成 <emphasis>單獨的一行</emphasis>。 如果您沒有這樣做，預先設定" +#~ "檔會造成不可預估的失敗。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "#### Startup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To use a preseed file, you'll first need to boot the installer,\n" +#~ "# and tell it what preseed file to use. This is done by passing the\n" +#~ "# kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot or by editing the\n" +#~ "# syslinux.cfg (or similar) file and adding the parameter to the end\n" +#~ "# of the append line(s) for the kernel.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If you're netbooting, use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're remastering a CD, you could use this:\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" +#~ "# If you're installing from USB media, use this, and put the preseed " +#~ "file\n" +#~ "# in the toplevel directory of the USB stick.\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" +#~ "# Be sure to copy this file to the location you specify.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using\n" +#~ "# some forms of preseeding, because the questions are asked before\n" +#~ "# the preseed file is loaded. For example, if the preseed file is\n" +#~ "# downloaded over the network, the network setup must be done first.\n" +#~ "# One reason to use initrd preseeding is that it allows preseeding\n" +#~ "# of even these early steps of the installation process.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# If a preseed file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values to the " +#~ "kernel\n" +#~ "# on the command line. Just pass path/to/var=value for any of the " +#~ "preseed\n" +#~ "# variables listed below.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# While you're at it, you may want to throw a debconf/priority=critical " +#~ "in\n" +#~ "# there, to avoid most questions even if the preseeding below misses " +#~ "some.\n" +#~ "# And you might set the timeout to 1 in syslinux.cfg to avoid needing to " +#~ "hit\n" +#~ "# enter to boot the installer.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Note that the kernel accepts a maximum of 8 command line options and\n" +#~ "# 8 environment options (including any options added by default for the\n" +#~ "# installer). If these numbers are exceeded, 2.4 kernels will drop any\n" +#~ "# excess options and 2.6 kernels will panic. With kernel 2.6.9 or newer,\n" +#~ "# you can use 32 command line options and 32 environment options.\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# Some of the default options, like 'vga=normal' may be safely removed\n" +#~ "# for most installations, which may allow you to add more options for\n" +#~ "# preseeding.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It is not possible to use preseeding to set language, country, and\n" +#~ "# keyboard. Instead you should use kernel parameters. Example:\n" +#~ "# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" +#~ "# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" +#~ "# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Network configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Of course, this won't work if you're loading your preseed file from " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "# network! But it's great if you're booting from CD or USB stick. You " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# also pass network config parameters in on the kernel params if you are\n" +#~ "# loading preseed files from the network.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# netcfg will choose an interface that has link if possible. This makes " +#~ "it\n" +#~ "# skip displaying a list if there is more than one interface.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you have a slow dhcp server and the installer times out waiting for\n" +#~ "# it, this might be useful.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_timeout string 60\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you prefer to configure the network manually, here's how:\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Note that any hostname and domain names assigned from dhcp take\n" +#~ "# precedence over values set here. However, setting the values still\n" +#~ "# prevents the questions from being shown even if values come from dhcp.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Disable that annoying WEP key dialog.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" +#~ "# The wacky dhcp hostname that some ISPs use as a password of sorts.\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mirror settings.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/country string enter information manually\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/proxy string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Partitioning.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If the system has free space you can choose to only partition that " +#~ "space.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" +#~ "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can specify a disk to partition. The device name " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# be given in either devfs or traditional non-devfs format.\n" +#~ "# For example, to use the first disk devfs knows of:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose from any of the predefined partitioning recipes:\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" +#~ " All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" +#~ "# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +#~ "txt.\n" +#~ "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you " +#~ "can\n" +#~ "# just point at it.\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If not, you can put an entire recipe in one line. This example creates\n" +#~ "# a small /boot partition, suitable swap, and uses the rest of the space\n" +#~ "# for the root partition:\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" +#~ "# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } " +#~ "\\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } .\n" +#~ "# For reference, here is that same recipe in a more readable form:\n" +#~ "# boot-root ::\n" +#~ "# 40 50 100 ext3\n" +#~ "# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ / }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" +#~ "# method{ swap } format{ }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This makes partman automatically partition without confirmation.\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +#~ "d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" +#~ " Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Boot loader installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Grub is the default boot loader (for x86). If you want lilo installed\n" +#~ "# instead, uncomment this:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +#~ "MBR\n" +#~ "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if if finds some other " +#~ "OS\n" +#~ "# too, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, if you want to install to a location other than the " +#~ "mbr,\n" +#~ "# uncomment and edit these lines:\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Finishing up the first stage install.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid that last message about the install being complete.\n" +#~ "d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Shell commands.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# d-i preseeding is inherently not secure. Nothing in the installer " +#~ "checks\n" +#~ "# for attempts at buffer overflows or other exploits of the values of a\n" +#~ "# preseed file like this one. Only use preseed files from trusted\n" +#~ "# locations! To drive that home, and because it's generally useful, " +#~ "here's\n" +#~ "# a way to run any shell command you'd like inside the installer,\n" +#~ "# automatically.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This first command is run as early as possible, just after\n" +#~ "# preseeding is read.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "# still a usable /target directory.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/late_command string echo foo > /target/etc/bar\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run just as base-config is starting up.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This command is run after base-config is done, just before the login:\n" +#~ "# prompt. This is a good way to install a set of packages you want, or " +#~ "to\n" +#~ "# tweak the configuration of the system.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" +#~ "# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### Preseeding the 2nd stage of the installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Preseeding base-config.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the introductory message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/intro note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Avoid the final message.\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/login note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you installed a display manager, but don't want to start it " +#~ "immediately\n" +#~ "# after base-config finishes.\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what you've " +#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "# The default is not to report back, but sending reports helps the " +#~ "project\n" +#~ "# determine what software is most popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#~ "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Clock and time zone setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Controls whether or not the hardware clock is set to UTC.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" +#~ "# If you told the installer that you're in the United States, then you\n" +#~ "# can set the time zone using this variable.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii,\n" +#~ "# Aleutian, Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, " +#~ "other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Canada.\n" +#~ "# (Choices are: Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" +#~ "# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" +#~ "# If you told it you're in Brazil. (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" +#~ "# DeNoronha, other)\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" +#~ "# Many countries have only one time zone. If you told the installer " +#~ "you're\n" +#~ "# in one of those countries, you can choose its standard time zone via " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# question.\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" +#~ "# This question is asked as a fallback for countries other than those\n" +#~ "# listed above, which have more than one time zone. You can preseed one " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# the time zones, or \"other\".\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Account setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To preseed the root password, you have to put it in the clear in this\n" +#~ "# file. That is not a very good idea, use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you want to skip creation of a normal user account.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Alternatively, you can preseed the user's name and login.\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" +#~ "# And their password, but use caution!\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Apt setup.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# This question controls what source the second stage installation uses\n" +#~ "# for packages. Choices are cdrom, http, ftp, filesystem, edit sources " +#~ "list\n" +#~ "# by hand\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you choose ftp or http, you'll be asked for a country and a mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/country select enter information manually\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install non-free and contrib software.\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Do enable security updates.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Package selection.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available.\n" +#~ "# Available tasks as of this writing include: Desktop environment,\n" +#~ "# Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server, Mail server,\n" +#~ "# SQL database, Laptop, Standard system, manual package selection. The\n" +#~ "# last of those will run aptitude. You can also choose to install no\n" +#~ "# tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other\n" +#~ "# way. We recommend always including the Standard system task.\n" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment, Standard system\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Standard system\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Mailer configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to\n" +#~ "# avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" +#~ " select no configuration at this time\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# It's a good idea to set this to whatever user account you choose to\n" +#~ "# create. Leaving the value blank results in postmaster mail going to\n" +#~ "# /var/mail/mail.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### X Configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to " +#~ "know\n" +#~ "# some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X\n" +#~ "# configurator does not do fully automatic configuration of everything.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're " +#~ "preseeding,\n" +#~ "# you override whatever it chooses. Still, vesa will work most places.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# A caveat with mouse autodetection is that if it fails, X will retry it\n" +#~ "# over and over. So if it's preseeded to be done, there is a possibility " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# an infinite loop if the mouse is not autodetected.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Monitor autodetection is recommended.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" +#~ "# Uncomment if you have an LCD display.\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" +#~ "# X has three configuration paths for the monitor. Here's how to preseed\n" +#~ "# the \"medium\" path, which is always available. The \"simple\" path may " +#~ "not\n" +#~ "# be available, and the \"advanced\" path asks too many questions.\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" +#~ " select medium\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" +#~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### Everything else.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Depending on what software you choose to install, or if things go " +#~ "wrong\n" +#~ "# during the installation process, it's possible that other questions " +#~ "may\n" +#~ "# be asked. You can preseed those too, of course. To get a list of every\n" +#~ "# possible question that could be asked during an install, do an\n" +#~ "# installation, and then run these commands:\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# If you like, you can include other preseed files into this one.\n" +#~ "# Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from " +#~ "this\n" +#~ "# file. More that one file can be listed, separated by spaces; all will " +#~ "be\n" +#~ "# loaded. The included files can have preseed/include directives of " +#~ "their\n" +#~ "# own as well. Note that if the filenames are relative, they are taken " +#~ "from\n" +#~ "# the same directory as the preseed file that includes them.\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# More flexibly, this runs a shell command and if it outputs the names " +#~ "of\n" +#~ "# preseed files, includes those files. For example, to switch configs " +#~ "based\n" +#~ "# on a particular usb storage device (in this case, a built-in card " +#~ "reader):\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" +#~ "# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-" +#~ "storage-*/*); \\\n" +#~ "# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# To check the format of your preseed file before performing an install,\n" +#~ "# you can use debconf-set-selections:\n" +#~ "# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "#### 修改 syslinux.cfg.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 修改 syslinux.cfg (或類似的檔案) 並在各行尾端加入核心參數。\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# 您至少要加入一項參數以告知安裝程式預先設定檔的位置。\n" +#~ "# 如果您從 USB 媒介安裝，使用以下參數，並將預先設定檔放在 USB 隨身碟的最上" +#~ "層\n" +#~ "# 目錄。\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/hd-media/preseed\n" +#~ "# 如果您以網路開機，使用以下參數：\n" +#~ "# preseed/url=http://host/path/to/preseed\n" +#~ "# 如果您使用光碟，您可以設定:\n" +#~ "# preseed/file=/cdrom/preseed\n" +#~ "# 請確定把預先設定檔複製到您所指定的位置。\n" +#~ "# \n" +#~ "# 您可以指定檢查和 (checksum) 數值來確保安裝程式取得正確的預先設定檔。\n" +#~ "# 目前必須使用 md5sum 檢查和，一旦檢查和被指定，就必須和檔案的檢查和相" +#~ "同，\n" +#~ "# 否則安裝程式將會拒絕使用此檔案。(Sarge 安裝程式不支援檢查和功能) \n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# preseed/url/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +#~ "# preseed/file/checksum=5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# 您也許想要在預先設定檔中設置 debconf/priority=critical 以省略大部分問題 " +#~ "(\n" +#~ "# 儘管在接下來的預先設置中您可能會遺漏某些參數)。您也可以將倒數設定為 1，" +#~ "這\n" +#~ "# 樣就不用按下 enter 鍵來啟動安裝程式。\n" +#~ "# \n" +#~ "# 語言、國家和鍵盤配置無法在預先設定檔中做預設，因為這些問題會在預先設定檔" +#~ "被\n" +#~ "# 載入之前提出。欲略過這些問題，請加入核心參數。\n" +#~ "# 如果您使用 sarge 安裝程式，請加入以下三項：\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# languagechooser/language-name=English\n" +#~ "# countrychooser/shortlist=US\n" +#~ "# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# 較新版本的安裝程式只需要兩項：\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# debian-installer/locale=en_US\n" +#~ "# console-keymaps-at/keymap=us\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# 請注意，核心最多接受 8 個命令列參數、8 個環境選項 (包括被安裝程式自動帶" +#~ "入\n" +#~ "# 的參數)。如果超過這兩個限制，2.4 版的核心會忽略超過的參數，而 2.6 版的核" +#~ "心\n" +#~ "# 會產生錯誤 (panic)。比 2.6.9 更新的核心版本可以使用 32 個命令列參數和 " +#~ "32 \n" +#~ "# 個環境選項。\n" +#~ "#\n" +#~ "# 大部分狀況下，可以移除 'vga=normal' 此一預設選項，藉此加入更多預設參" +#~ "數。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### 介殼命令\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# d-i的預先設置是不安全的，安裝程式將不會檢查這類設定檔中的參數是否會造成" +#~ "暫\n" +#~ "# 存滿溢或是設定不足。因此，請確定您從可信任的地方存取預先設定檔！接下來將" +#~ "詳\n" +#~ "# 述在安裝程式中執行介殼命令的方法，這非常的實用。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這個命令應該在讀取預先設定檔之後立刻被執行\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/early_command string \\\n" +#~ "# wget http://url/to/my.udeb -O /tmp/my.udeb; udpkg -i /tmp/my.udeb\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這個命令在安裝程式結束的前一步執行，但 /target 目錄必須存在且可以使" +#~ "用。\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/late_command string \\\n" +#~ "# for deb in /hd-media/*.deb; do cp $deb /target/tmp; \\\n" +#~ "# chroot /target dpkg -i /tmp/$(basename $deb); done\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這個指令在 base-config 執行的時候被執行。\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/early_command string echo hi mom\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這個指令在 base-config 結束之後、login: 提示號之前被執行。如果您想安裝某" +#~ "些\n" +#~ "# 軟體套件，或是調整系統設定，這將是一個好方法。\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/late_command string \\\n" +#~ "# apt-get install zsh; chsh -s /bin/zsh\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### 網路設定\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您從網路開機，這部分內容當然不適用。但如果您是以 USB 隨碟或是光碟開" +#~ "機\n" +#~ "# ，您仍可以設定核心的網路設定參數以從網路讀取預先設定檔\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果有可用連線，netcfg 將會選擇其中一條。如果有一條以上的連線，將不會顯" +#~ "示\n" +#~ "# 連線清單。\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您想要手動設定網路，請參考以下方法：\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_nameservers string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_ipaddress string 192.168.1.42\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_netmask string 255.255.255.0\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/get_gateway string 192.168.1.1\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/confirm_static boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 請注意，任何從 DHCP 取得的主機名稱和網域名稱將會蓋過以下設定，但是設定以" +#~ "下\n" +#~ "# 參數仍可以在從 DHCP 取得資料的請況下避免顯示對話框.\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_hostname string unassigned-hostname\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/get_domain string unassigned-domain\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 取消煩人的 WEP 密鑰對話框。\n" +#~ "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" +#~ "# 某些 ISP 供應商用奇怪的 DHCP 主機名稱來當作密碼一類的用途。\n" +#~ "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### 設定鏡像站\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/country string enter information " +#~ "manually\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" +#~ "d-i mirror/http/proxy string \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "### 分割磁區\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果系統還有剩餘空間，您可以要求只分割該剩餘空間。\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/init_automatically_partition \\\n" +#~ "# select Use the largest continuous free space\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 或者，您可以選擇要被分割的磁碟，設備的名稱可以用 devfs 格式或是傳統的 \n" +#~ "# 非devfs 格式指定。例如，第一個磁碟的 devfs 名稱為：\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/disk string /dev/discs/disc0/disc\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 您可以選擇任何預設的分割方式：\n" +#~ "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select \\\n" +#~ " All files in one partition (recommended for new users)\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Desktop machine\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select Multi-user workstation\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 或是提供您自己的分割方式...\n" +#~ "# 設定分割方法的格式請參考 devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt。\n" +#~ "# 如果您有任何其他的分割方式設定檔，您也可以直接指定：\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果沒有，您可以加入一行設定，下面範例會建立一個 /boot 小分割區，大小適" +#~ "中\n" +#~ "# 的置換分割區，並把剩下的空間分配給根分割區：\n" +#~ "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string boot-root :: \\\n" +#~ "# 20 50 100 ext3 $primary{ } $bootable{ } method{ format } format{ } " +#~ "\\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ /boot } . \\\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3 method{ format } format{ } \\\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 } mountpoint{ / } . \\\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap method{ swap } format{ } . \n" +#~ "# 下面用適合閱讀的格式表示同樣的設定，以利您參考：\n" +#~ "# boot-root ::\n" +#~ "# 40 50 100 ext3\n" +#~ "# $primary{ } $bootable{ }\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ /boot }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 500 10000 1000000000 ext3\n" +#~ "# method{ format } format{ }\n" +#~ "# use_filesystem{ } filesystem{ ext3 }\n" +#~ "# mountpoint{ / }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "# 64 512 300% linux-swap\n" +#~ "# method{ swap } format{ }\n" +#~ "# .\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 以下設定使 partman 不確認就開始分割。\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" +#~ "d-i partman/choose_partition select \\\n" +#~ " Finish partitioning and write changes to disk\n" +#~ "d-i partman/confirm boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "#### 安裝 boot-loader\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# Grub 是預設的 boot-loader (在 x86 下)，如果您想安裝 lilo，移除下面設定" +#~ "的\n" +#~ "# 註解：\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 請安心使用以下設定，這將使 grub 在沒有其他作業系統的情況下自動安裝\n" +#~ "# 到 MBR。\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這會讓 grub-installer 在有其他作業系統的狀況下仍安裝 grub 到 MBR。這可能" +#~ "會\n" +#~ "# 您無法啟動其他作業系統。\n" +#~ "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 或者，若您想要把 grub 安裝到 MBR 以外的地方，把下面數行加上註解：\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/bootdev string (hd0,0)\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean false\n" +#~ "#d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "##### 結束安裝程序的第一階段\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 取消安裝即將結束的訊息。\n" +#~ "d-i prebaseconfig/reboot_in_progress note \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "##### 預先設定 base-config\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 取消介紹訊息。\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/intro note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 取消最後的訊息\n" +#~ "base-config base-config/login note\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您安裝了顯示管理程式，但又不想在 base-config 結束後立刻啟動之：\n" +#~ "#base-config base-config/start-display-manager boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 安裝程式的某些版本能夠回報您安裝了什麼，預設為不回報，但是送出回報能夠" +#~ "幫\n" +#~ "# 助專案得知哪些軟體很熱門，並將之放入光碟中。\n" +#~ "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 設定時區\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 決定硬體時間是否被設定成 GMT 時間。\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/gmt boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 簡單的時區預設。您可以選擇任何可用的設定值給 $TZ。請參考\n" +#~ "# /usr/share/zoneinf/ 中的選項\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/preseed_zone string US/Eastern\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 時區的預先設置曾經很複雜，舊的設定方式將完整描述於下文，如果您正在使用 " +#~ "sarge，\n" +#~ "# 您需要下面的方法。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您告訴安裝程式您位於美國，那麼您可以用此變數設定時區。\n" +#~ "# (選項有：Eastern, Central, Mountain, Pacific, Alaska, Hawaii, " +#~ "Aleutian, \n" +#~ "# Arizona East-Indiana, Indiana-Starke, Michigan, Samoa, other)\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/US select Eastern\n" +#~ "# 如果您位於加拿大\n" +#~ "# (選項有：Newfoundland, Atlantic, Eastern, Central,\n" +#~ "# East-Saskatchewan, Saskatchewan, Mountain, Pacific, Yukon, other)\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/CA select Eastern\n" +#~ "# 如果您位於巴西 (Choices are: East, West, Acre,\n" +#~ "# DeNoronha, other)\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone/BR select East\n" +#~ "# 很多國家只有一個時區，如果您告訴安裝程式您位於那些國家之一，您可以透過" +#~ "以\n" +#~ "# 下問題來選擇標準時區。\n" +#~ "base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_single boolean true\n" +#~ "# 這個問題是為了確認上述中具有多個時區國家之外的國家。您可以選擇其中一個" +#~ "時\n" +#~ "# 區或是 \"other\"。\n" +#~ "#base-config tzconfig/choose_country_zone_multiple select \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 設定帳號\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 欲設定 root 的密碼，您必須在這個檔案中以明文表示。這不是個好做法，請小" +#~ "心\n" +#~ "# 使用！\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password password r00tme\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/root-password-again password r00tme\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您想跳過建立一般使用者帳號的步驟：\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/make-user boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 或者，您可以預先設定使用者全名和登入帳號。\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-fullname string Debian User\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/username string debian\n" +#~ "# 以及密碼，但請小心使用這個設定！\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password password insecure\n" +#~ "#passwd passwd/user-password-again password insecure\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 設定 Apt\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這個問題決定在第二階段中軟體套件的來源，可選的有 cdrom、http、ftp、\n" +#~ "# filesystem 和 edit source list manually。\n" +#~ "# by hand\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/uri_type select http\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您選擇 ftp 或 http，您將會被詢問國家和鏡像站。\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/country select enter information " +#~ "manually\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/hostname string http.us.debian.org\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/directory string /debian\n" +#~ "# Stop after choosing one mirror.\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/another boolean false\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 您可以選擇是否安裝 non-free 和 contrib 軟體。\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/non-free boolean true\n" +#~ "#base-config apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 啟用安全更新。\n" +#~ "base-config apt-setup/security-updates boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 選擇軟體套件\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 您可以選擇安裝任何組合的可用軟體集。本文中可用的軟體集有：\n" +#~ "# Desktop environment, Web server, Print server, DNS server, File server\n" +#~ "# Mail server, SQL database 和 manual package selection。最後一個選項將" +#~ "會\n" +#~ "# 執行 aptitude。您也可以不安裝軟體集，並以其他方式強迫安裝其他軟體套" +#~ "件。\n" +#~ "tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Desktop environment\n" +#~ "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect Web server, Mail server, DNS " +#~ "server\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 郵件設定\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 在一般安裝中，exit 只會問兩個問題，下面告訴您如何跳過這兩個問題。您也可" +#~ "以\n" +#~ "# 設置更複雜的預先設定。\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" +#~ " select no configuration at this time\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 建議您對任何您建立的使用者帳號作以下的設定，如果這個選項留白，那麼 \n" +#~ "# postmaster 的郵件將會存到 /var/mail/mail.\n" +#~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 設定 X\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 您也可以預先設定 Debian 的 X。但是您可能需要知道顯示硬體的細節，因為 \n" +#~ "# Debian 的 X 設定程式不會自動設定所有的參數。\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# X 可以正確偵測某些顯示卡的驅動程式，但如果您使用預先設定，您將會蓋過自" +#~ "動\n" +#~ "# 偵測的結果。不過，VESA 能在大多數狀況下使用。\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/device/driver select vesa\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 這裡必須警告您，如果 X 無法偵測到滑鼠，它將會不斷嘗試。所以，如果您預先" +#~ "設定\n" +#~ "# 了滑鼠，那麼就有可能陷入偵測不到滑鼠的無限迴圈。\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_mouse boolean true\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 建議您使用自動偵測顯示器\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/autodetect_monitor boolean true\n" +#~ "# 如果使用液晶顯示器，請註解下面設定。\n" +#~ "#xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/lcd boolean true\n" +#~ "# X 有三種階級來設定顯示器，下面是 \"medium\" 階級的設定，理當永久可用。" +#~ "而\n" +#~ "# \"simple\" 階級可能不會永久可用，至於 \"advanced\" 則會詢問非常多問" +#~ "題。\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/selection-method \\\n" +#~ " select medium\n" +#~ "xserver-xfree86 xserver-xfree86/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" +#~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "###### 其他\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 根據您所安裝的軟體，或是安裝過程中出現的錯誤，其他問題可能會被提及。您也" +#~ "可\n" +#~ "# 預先設定它們。您可以藉由執行安裝程式，並且執行下面指令以取得其他問題的\n" +#~ "# 清單：\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" +#~ "# debconf-get-selections >> file\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 如果您喜歡，您可以帶入其他預先設定檔到此檔案中。那些檔案中的設定將會覆蓋" +#~ "本\n" +#~ "# 檔案之前有設定的部份。您可以帶入一個以上的預先設定檔，請以空白格開。這" +#~ "些\n" +#~ "# 檔案也可以帶入它們自己的預先設定指令。請注意，如果檔案路徑是以相對路徑\n" +#~ "# 表示，那麼將從帶入它們的父檔案所處位置開始。\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 安裝程式在使用預先設定檔之前得確認該檔案的檢查和。目前只支援 md5sum，按" +#~ "照\n" +#~ "# 引入的檔案順序列出這些檔案的檢查和。(Sarge 安裝程式不支援檢查和。)\n" +#~ "#d-i pressed/include/checksum string " +#~ "5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "# 或者您可以更靈活的設定，下面的介殼命令會決定預先設定設定檔的名稱。例" +#~ "如，\n" +#~ "# 在 USB 隨身碟 (在這個範例中，為一內建讀卡機) 下的設定檔之中切換：\n" +#~ "#d-i preseed/include_command string \\\n" +#~ "# if $(grep -q \"GUID: 0aec3050aec305000001a003\" /proc/scsi/usb-" +#~ "storage-*/*); \\\n" +#~ "# then echo kraken.cfg; else echo otherusb.cfg; fi\n" +#~ "# 在安裝之前您可以檢查您的預先設置檔語法是否正確，請使用：\n" +#~ "# debconf-set-selections -c preseed.cfg" + +#~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" +#~ msgstr "時區、使用者和 APT 的設定" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Set your timezone, add a normal user, and choose your <command>apt</" +#~ "command> sources by running" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "設定您的時區，添加一個普通使用者，再執行下面的指令選擇您的 <command>apt</" +#~ "command> 來源" + +#~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" +#~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "#### Startup.\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index c6a9a2baa..56c9dc608 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -149,13 +149,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:82 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Error messages are redirected to the third console. You can access this " -"console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></" -"keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the " -"<keycap>F3</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process " -"with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." +"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access " +"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</" +"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing " +"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer " +"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></" +"keycombo>." msgstr "" "錯誤資訊被重導向到第三個控制台。您可以按下 <keycombo><keycap>左 Alt</" "keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (按住左 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 鍵同時按" @@ -164,14 +165,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:92 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>. " -"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/debian-" -"installer/messages</filename> on your new system. Other installation " -"messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the " -"installation, and <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename> after the " -"computer has been booted into the installed system." +"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. " +"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/" +"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be " +"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and " +"<filename>/var/log/debian/</filename> after the computer has been booted " +"into the installed system." msgstr "" "這些資訊還可以在 <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> 裡找到。完成安裝之" "後，該 log 會被複製到 <filename>/var/log/debian-installer/messages</" @@ -230,40 +231,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "languagechooser" -msgstr "languagechooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:137 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will display " -"messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that language is " -"not complete. When a translation is not complete, English messages are shown." -msgstr "" -"顯示語言與方言的列表。除非選中的語言沒有被翻譯，安裝程式將以您選擇的語言顯示" -"資訊。對於沒有翻譯的語言，將顯示英文資訊。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "countrychooser" -msgstr "countrychooser" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:148 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." -msgstr "顯示國家列表。使用者可以選擇自己生活的國家。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:157 -#, no-c-format msgid "localechooser" msgstr "localechooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:157 +#: using-d-i.xml:137 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the " @@ -276,13 +248,13 @@ msgstr "" "文顯示。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format msgid "kbd-chooser" msgstr "kbd-chooser" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:169 +#: using-d-i.xml:149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which " @@ -290,13 +262,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "顯示鍵盤列表，使用者在其中選擇與自己鍵盤相合的模式。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "hw-detect" msgstr "hw-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:178 +#: using-d-i.xml:158 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network " @@ -304,25 +276,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "自動識別大多數系統硬體，包括網卡、硬碟和 PCMCIA。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-detect" msgstr "cdrom-detect" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:187 +#: using-d-i.xml:167 #, no-c-format msgid "Looks for and mounts a Debian installation CD." msgstr "尋找並掛載 Debian 安裝光碟。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "netcfg" msgstr "netcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:195 +#: using-d-i.xml:175 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the " @@ -330,26 +302,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "設定電腦網路連線，使它能連上網際網路。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "iso-scan" msgstr "iso-scan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:204 +#: using-d-i.xml:184 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive." msgstr "尋找 ISO 檔案系統，它可能存在於 CD-ROM 或者硬碟上。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "choose-mirror" msgstr "choose-mirror" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:213 +#: using-d-i.xml:193 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of " @@ -357,13 +329,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "列出 Debian 軟體套件鏡像。使用者可以選擇從哪裡安裝軟體套件。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "cdrom-checker" msgstr "cdrom-checker" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:222 +#: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that " @@ -371,13 +343,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "檢驗光碟片。這種方法確保使用者使用的安裝光碟沒有損壞。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format msgid "lowmem" msgstr "lowmem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:231 +#: using-d-i.xml:211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks " @@ -388,13 +360,13 @@ msgstr "" "(代價是喪失一些功能)。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "anna" msgstr "anna" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:241 +#: using-d-i.xml:221 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the " @@ -402,13 +374,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT。從選擇的鏡像站或 CD 取得安裝軟體套件。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "partman" msgstr "partman" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:250 +#: using-d-i.xml:230 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file " @@ -420,26 +392,26 @@ msgstr "" "能，如自動模式或 LVM 支援。在 Debian 裡這是建議的分割工具。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "autopartkit" msgstr "autopartkit" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:262 +#: using-d-i.xml:242 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences." msgstr "根據使用者預設，自動為整個硬碟分割。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "partitioner" msgstr "partitioner" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:271 +#: using-d-i.xml:251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning " @@ -448,13 +420,13 @@ msgstr "" "允許使用者為系統安排磁碟分割區。根據使用者電腦的架構選擇合適的分割工具。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "partconf" msgstr "partconf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:281 +#: using-d-i.xml:261 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected " @@ -462,13 +434,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "顯示分割區列表，按照使用者指令為選擇的分割區建立檔案系統。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format msgid "lvmcfg" msgstr "lvmcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#: using-d-i.xml:270 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> " @@ -476,13 +448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "幫助使用者配置 <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format msgid "mdcfg" msgstr "mdcfg" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:299 +#: using-d-i.xml:279 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant " @@ -494,13 +466,49 @@ msgstr "" "RAID 控制器的高級。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#, no-c-format +msgid "tzsetup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:290 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "clock-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:298 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Determines whether the clock is set to UTC or not." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "user-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:306 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "base-installer" msgstr "base-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:310 +#: using-d-i.xml:314 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to " @@ -508,13 +516,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "安裝一些基本的套件，讓電腦重起後能在 Linux 下運行。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:323 +#, no-c-format +msgid "apt-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:323 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is " +"running from." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:332 +#, no-c-format +msgid "pkgsel" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:332 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Uses tasksel to select and install additional software." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "os-prober" msgstr "os-prober" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:319 +#: using-d-i.xml:340 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes " @@ -528,85 +562,61 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:331 +#: using-d-i.xml:352 #, no-c-format msgid "bootloader-installer" msgstr "bootloader-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:331 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Installs a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the " -"computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot " -"loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the " -"computer boots." +"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the " +"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux " +"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose " +"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots." msgstr "" "在硬碟上安裝啟動開機程式，這是必須的一步，使得電腦不必依靠軟碟和 CD-ROM 啟" "動。許多開機程式都允許使用者在啟動的時候選擇使用哪個作業系統。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:342 -#, no-c-format -msgid "base-config" -msgstr "base-config" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:342 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to user " -"preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it is the " -"<quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." -msgstr "" -"根據使用者喜好提供設定系統軟體套件的對話框。它通常在新 Debian 系統<quote>首次" -"運行</quote>時工作。" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format msgid "shell" msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:352 +#: using-d-i.xml:363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "讓使用者能從選單或者第二控制台執行介殼。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 -#, no-c-format -msgid "bugreporter" -msgstr "bugreporter" - -#. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:361 +#: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format msgid "save-logs" msgstr "save-logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:361 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:372 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk<phrase " -"condition=\"etch\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase> when " -"trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software " -"problems to Debian developers later." +"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, " +"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to " +"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later." msgstr "" "當使用者遇到麻煩時，提供記錄資訊到軟碟的方法，用於以後向 Debian 開發人員精確" "報告安裝程式的問題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:380 +#: using-d-i.xml:390 #, no-c-format msgid "Using Individual Components" msgstr "使用單獨的元件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:381 +#: using-d-i.xml:391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The " @@ -621,13 +631,13 @@ msgstr "" "組，取決於您的安裝方法和您的硬體。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:393 +#: using-d-i.xml:403 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting up Debian Installer and Hardware Configuration" msgstr "啟動 Debian 安裝程式與配置硬體" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:394 +#: using-d-i.xml:404 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first " @@ -647,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "" "像站)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:407 +#: using-d-i.xml:417 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</" @@ -661,13 +671,13 @@ msgstr "" "所有的驅動程式都就緒，硬體偵測會在後續過程裡面多次重複。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:422 +#: using-d-i.xml:432 #, no-c-format msgid "Check available memory" msgstr "檢測有效的記憶體" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:424 +#: using-d-i.xml:434 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the " @@ -679,7 +689,7 @@ msgstr "" "安裝進程，使您可以將 &debian; 安裝到您的系統上。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:431 +#: using-d-i.xml:441 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of " @@ -690,81 +700,13 @@ msgstr "" "語言。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:446 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Language selection" -msgstr "選擇語言" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:448 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"As the first step of the installation, select the language in which you want " -"the installation process to proceed. The language names are listed in both " -"English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on " -"the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The " -"list is sorted on the English names." -msgstr "" -"安裝的第一步，選擇您希望安裝過程使用的語言。語言列表使用英文 (左側) 和該語言" -"本身 (右側) 顯示﹔右側的語言可以用正確的形態表現出來。該列表以英文名稱排序。" - -#. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:456 #, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " -"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no " -"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will " -"default to English. The selected language will also be used to help select a " -"suitable keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"您選擇的語言將用於接下來的安裝過程，對話框已經有各種語言翻譯的版本。如果選擇" -"的語言沒有對應翻譯的版本，安裝將預設使用英文。選擇的語言也將助於選擇一個合適" -"的鍵盤配置。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:473 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Country selection" -msgstr "選擇國家" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:475 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you selected a language in <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/> which has " -"more than one country associated with it (true for Chinese, English, French, " -"and many other languages), you can specify the country here. If you choose " -"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be " -"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent." -msgstr "" -"如果您選擇的語言 <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/>與多個國家關聯 (存在於中文，" -"英文，法文，以及其它語言)，您可以在這裡選擇國家。如果您選擇列表底部的 " -"<guimenuitem>其它</guimenuitem>，您將看到按各洲分組的全部國家。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:483 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"This selection will be used later in the installation process to pick the " -"default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. If the defaults proposed by the installer are not suitable, you " -"can make a different choice. The selected country, together with the " -"selected language, may also affect locale settings for your new Debian " -"system." -msgstr "" -"在安裝過程的後面，這個選項還會被用於設定預設的時區和您所處地理位置的 Debian " -"鏡像站。如果安裝程式預設的建議不合適，您可以做其它選擇。選擇國家，還有選擇語" -"言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設定。" - -#. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:500 -#, no-c-format msgid "Selecting Localization Options" msgstr "選擇區域化選項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:502 +#: using-d-i.xml:458 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " @@ -776,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "本地化選項。選項包括了語言、國家以及地區設定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:509 +#: using-d-i.xml:465 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " @@ -789,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "的鍵盤配置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:516 +#: using-d-i.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " @@ -802,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:523 +#: using-d-i.xml:479 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -822,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" "統也不會支援任何地區設定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:535 +#: using-d-i.xml:491 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -839,7 +781,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>，您將看到按大洲分組的全部國家。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:553 +#: using-d-i.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and " @@ -851,13 +793,13 @@ msgstr "" "統，您將可以選擇預設地區設定以外的設定，並且可以決定系統額外支援的地區設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:568 +#: using-d-i.xml:524 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "選擇鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:570 +#: using-d-i.xml:526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -872,7 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" "盤配置 (在安裝完之後用 root 執行 <command>kbdconfig</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:580 +#: using-d-i.xml:536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -886,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵盤上端有一排 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 按鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:589 +#: using-d-i.xml:545 #, no-c-format msgid "" "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have " @@ -898,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" "核心 keymap (LK201 US)。隨著 Linux/MIPS 核心的開發，將來也許會改變。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:596 +#: using-d-i.xml:552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -916,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:608 +#: using-d-i.xml:564 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have " @@ -933,7 +875,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果您使用 2.6 核心安裝，便不會有問題。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:573 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter " @@ -957,13 +899,13 @@ msgstr "" "的地方，這對美式鍵盤是正確的做法。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:655 +#: using-d-i.xml:611 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:656 +#: using-d-i.xml:612 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -976,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "正是用來完成此任務。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:663 +#: using-d-i.xml:619 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1003,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:680 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1015,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:687 +#: using-d-i.xml:643 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1031,13 +973,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:708 +#: using-d-i.xml:664 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Network" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:710 +#: using-d-i.xml:666 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1055,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 頁。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1074,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr "" "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:733 +#: using-d-i.xml:689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1096,7 +1038,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:747 +#: using-d-i.xml:703 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1117,13 +1059,13 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:786 +#: using-d-i.xml:742 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:787 +#: using-d-i.xml:743 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1138,13 +1080,13 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:809 +#: using-d-i.xml:765 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning Your Disks" msgstr "硬碟的分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:811 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with " @@ -1155,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:817 +#: using-d-i.xml:773 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1168,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:825 +#: using-d-i.xml:781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you will be able to choose from the " @@ -1186,73 +1128,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:841 +#: using-d-i.xml:797 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:842 +#: using-d-i.xml:798 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:799 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:849 +#: using-d-i.xml:805 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:850 +#: using-d-i.xml:806 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:851 +#: using-d-i.xml:807 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:853 +#: using-d-i.xml:809 #, no-c-format msgid "Desktop machine" msgstr "桌面電腦" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:810 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:855 +#: using-d-i.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:859 +#: using-d-i.xml:815 #, no-c-format msgid "Multi-user workstation" msgstr "多使用者工作站" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:816 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:861 +#: using-d-i.xml:817 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1262,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:870 +#: using-d-i.xml:826 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be " @@ -1275,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:878 +#: using-d-i.xml:834 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you chose an automatic partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, " @@ -1286,7 +1228,7 @@ msgstr "" "處，作為 aboot boot loader 的保留空間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:884 +#: using-d-i.xml:840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1298,7 +1240,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:890 +#: using-d-i.xml:846 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1343,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:902 +#: using-d-i.xml:858 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1362,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:912 +#: using-d-i.xml:868 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1377,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:920 +#: using-d-i.xml:876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which doesn't have neither partitions nor free " @@ -1390,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:928 +#: using-d-i.xml:884 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. " @@ -1419,7 +1361,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1438,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:957 +#: using-d-i.xml:913 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1453,7 +1395,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:965 +#: using-d-i.xml:921 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition <command>partman</" @@ -1464,7 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:971 +#: using-d-i.xml:927 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1480,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:979 +#: using-d-i.xml:935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1493,13 +1435,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1007 +#: using-d-i.xml:963 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1008 +#: using-d-i.xml:964 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -1513,7 +1455,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1016 +#: using-d-i.xml:972 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -1531,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1026 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -1549,7 +1491,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:993 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your " @@ -1574,65 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" "</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1052 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing LVM " -"data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. On this particular hardware, the " -"above procedure for creating physical volumes and volume groups will not " -"work. There is a good workaround for this limitation, provided you are " -"familiar with the underlying LVM tools." -msgstr "" -"在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬體上，還沒有一個被廣為接受的標準以存放 LVM 資料到" -"分割區上。在這種硬體上，將不能執行以上建立物理容量和容量群組的步驟。假如您熟" -"悉底層的 LVM 工具，有一種突破這種限制的方法。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1060 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"To install using logical volumes on Power Macintosh hardware you should " -"create all the disk partitions for your logical volumes as usual. In the " -"<guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu you should choose " -"<menuchoice><guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</" -"guimenuitem></menuchoice> for these partitions (you will not be offered the " -"option to use the partition as a physical volume). When you are done with " -"creating all your partitions, you should start the logical volume manager as " -"usual. However, since no physical volumes have been created you must now " -"access the command shell available on the second virtual terminal (see <xref " -"linkend=\"shell\"/>) and create them manually." -msgstr "" -"為了在 Power Macintosh 硬體上安裝使用邏輯容量，您應該按通常方式建立所有的磁碟" -"分區。在 <guimenu>分割區設定：</guimenu>選單裡，您應該選擇 " -"<menuchoice><guimenu>用途：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>不使用</guimenuitem></" -"menuchoice>對那些分割區 (您將不會被要求使用這些分割區作為物理容量)。當您建立" -"完所有的分割區，您可以正常啟動邏輯容量管理員。然而，因為沒有建立物理容量，您" -"現在必須透過第二虛擬終端機打開命令介殼 (參閱 <xref linkend=\"shell\"/>) 並且" -"手動建立它們。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1074 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"Use the <command>pvcreate</command> command at the shell command prompt to " -"create a physical volume on each of your chosen partitions. Then use the " -"<command>vgcreate</command> command to create each volume group you want. " -"You can safely ignore any errors about incorrect metadata area header " -"checksums and fsync failures while doing this. When you have finished " -"creating all your volume groups, you should go back to the first virtual " -"terminal and skip directly to the <command>lvmcfg</command> menu items for " -"logical volume management. You will see your volume groups and you can " -"create the logical volumes you need as usual." -msgstr "" -"在命令列提示符號下使用 <command>pvcreate</command> 指令為您選擇的分割區建立物" -"理容量。然後使用 <command>vgcreate</command> 指令建立您需要的容量群組。在此過" -"程中，您可以安全地忽略有關 incorrect metadata area header checksums 和 fsync " -"failures 這些錯誤資訊。當您建立完所有的容量群組，您可以返回到第一虛擬終端，然" -"後直接跳到 <command>lvmcfg</command> 邏輯容量管理選單項。您將看到容量群組，並" -"可以像平常那樣建立邏輯容量。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1008 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning from <command>lvmcfg</command> back to <command>partman</" @@ -1643,13 +1527,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1023 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Device (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1105 +#: using-d-i.xml:1024 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1667,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1119 +#: using-d-i.xml:1038 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1680,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1127 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. " @@ -1745,101 +1629,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1205 +#: using-d-i.xml:1124 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1206 +#: using-d-i.xml:1125 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1207 +#: using-d-i.xml:1126 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1208 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1209 +#: using-d-i.xml:1128 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1215 +#: using-d-i.xml:1134 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1216 using-d-i.xml:1224 +#: using-d-i.xml:1135 using-d-i.xml:1143 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 using-d-i.xml:1218 +#: using-d-i.xml:1136 using-d-i.xml:1137 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1219 +#: using-d-i.xml:1138 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1223 +#: using-d-i.xml:1142 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 using-d-i.xml:1233 +#: using-d-i.xml:1144 using-d-i.xml:1152 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1226 using-d-i.xml:1234 +#: using-d-i.xml:1145 using-d-i.xml:1153 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1227 +#: using-d-i.xml:1146 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1231 +#: using-d-i.xml:1150 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1232 +#: using-d-i.xml:1151 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1235 +#: using-d-i.xml:1154 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1847,7 +1731,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1243 +#: using-d-i.xml:1162 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at " @@ -1857,19 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1248 -#, fuzzy, no-c-format -msgid "" -"There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing RAID " -"data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. This means that &d-i; currently does " -"not support setting up RAID on this platform." -msgstr "" -"在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬體上，還沒有一個被廣為接受的標準以存放 LVM 資料到" -"分割區上。在這種硬體上，將不能執行以上建立物理容量和容量群組的步驟。假如您熟" -"悉底層的 LVM 工具，有一種突破這種限制的方法。" - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1256 +#: using-d-i.xml:1167 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -1884,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1265 +#: using-d-i.xml:1176 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -1899,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1274 +#: using-d-i.xml:1185 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -1915,7 +1787,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#: using-d-i.xml:1196 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -1926,7 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1292 +#: using-d-i.xml:1203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -1943,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1304 +#: using-d-i.xml:1215 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need " @@ -1953,7 +1825,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#: using-d-i.xml:1223 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if " @@ -1969,7 +1841,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1321 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -1982,35 +1854,193 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1334 +#: using-d-i.xml:1245 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Setting up the System" +msgstr "安裝基本系統" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1246 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used " +"to set up the system is is about the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1258 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" +msgstr "設定網路" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1260 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation " +"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. " +"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and " +"the system will assume that time zone." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1276 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring the Clock" +msgstr "設定網路" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1278 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " +"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out " +"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating " +"systems are installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1285 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " +"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are " +"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time " +"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"i386\">Systems that (also) run Dos " +"or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select " +"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1296 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the " +"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time " +"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set " +"to UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1312 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1315 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Set the Root Password" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1317 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" +"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your " +"system. The root account should only be used to perform system " +"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1325 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " +"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation " +"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is " +"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal " +"information which could be guessed." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1333 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " +"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are " +"administering a machine with more than one system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Create an Ordinary User" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1345 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " +"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your " +"personal login." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1352 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " +"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might " +"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — " +"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to " +"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on " +"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — " +"consider reading one if it is new to you." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1362 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " +"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something " +"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be " +"prompted for a password for this account." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " +"use the <command>adduser</command> command." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1381 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1335 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes most time of the " -"install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If " -"you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." +"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " +"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole " +"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could " +"take some time." msgstr "" "儘管這一階段少有問題，但卻需要大量時間用於整個基本系統的下載、檢驗和解開套" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "Base System Installation" msgstr "基本系統安裝" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are " -"redirected to <userinput>tty3</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " -"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo>; " +"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by " +"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; " "get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" @@ -2020,18 +2050,18 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:1408 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in " -"<filename>/var/log/messages</filename> when the installation is performed " -"over a serial console." +"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over " +"a serial console." msgstr "" "當安裝程式透過序列埠控制台執行時，基本到建的解開套件/安裝訊息儲存在 " "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1367 +#: using-d-i.xml:1414 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2043,13 +2073,255 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1427 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Installing Additional Software" +msgstr "安裝基本系統" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1428 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. " +"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to " +"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even " +"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1442 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring apt" +msgstr "設定網路" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a " +"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</" +"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that " +"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program " +"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level " +"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also " +"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the " +"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package " +"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends " +"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and " +"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</" +"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they " +"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in " +"a nice user interface." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1468 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve " +"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based " +"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this " +"configuration are written to the file /etc/apt/sources.list, and you can " +"examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1485 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " +"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software " +"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of " +"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined " +"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1496 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " +"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a " +"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such " +"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or " +"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present " +"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> " +"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) " +"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as " +"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single " +"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude " +"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where " +"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are " +"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> " +"lists the space requirements for the available tasks." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1521 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this " +"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1528 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " +"to toggle selection of a task." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1535 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " +"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can " +"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1543 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, " +"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and " +"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more " +"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 +#, no-c-format +msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no " +"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the " +"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is " +"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to " +"learn." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1562 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any " +"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system " +"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, " +"<command>aide</command>, …) may send you important notices via email." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail " +"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#, no-c-format +msgid "internet site" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received " +"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic " +"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you " +"accept or relay mail." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1591 +#, no-c-format +msgid "mail sent by smarthost" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called " +"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost " +"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't " +"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your " +"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable " +"for dial-up users." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#, no-c-format +msgid "local delivery only" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1606 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between " +"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is " +"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various " +"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). " +"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any " +"further questions." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: term +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#, no-c-format +msgid "no configuration at this time" +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. " +"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system — until you " +"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss " +"some important messages from your system utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:1631 +#, no-c-format +msgid "" +"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, " +"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</" +"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information " +"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/" +"exim4</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. Tag: title +#: using-d-i.xml:1646 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1382 +#: using-d-i.xml:1648 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -2062,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1656 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2076,13 +2348,13 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1405 +#: using-d-i.xml:1671 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1407 +#: using-d-i.xml:1673 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -2096,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1415 +#: using-d-i.xml:1681 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -2109,28 +2381,14 @@ msgstr "" "他作業系統的功能會依硬體架構甚至是子架構而不同。如果它不能運作，您應該參考 " "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1427 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The installer may fail to detect other operating systems if the partitions " -"on which they reside are mounted when the detection takes place. This may " -"occur if you select a mountpoint (e.g. /win) for a partition containing " -"another operating system in <command>partman</command>, or if you have " -"mounted partitions manually from a console." -msgstr "" -"安裝程式偵測作業系統的時候，如果分割區已經掛載，偵測可能會失敗。這可能是由於" -"您使用 <command>partman</command> 選擇的掛載點 (如 /win) 包含其他作業系統，或" -"者透過控制台手動掛載一個分割區。" - #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1444 +#: using-d-i.xml:1699 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1445 +#: using-d-i.xml:1700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will " @@ -2149,13 +2407,13 @@ msgstr "" "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1720 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1466 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -2170,19 +2428,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1475 +#: using-d-i.xml:1730 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1487 +#: using-d-i.xml:1742 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1489 +#: using-d-i.xml:1744 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -2193,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1495 +#: using-d-i.xml:1750 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -2205,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1501 +#: using-d-i.xml:1756 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the " @@ -2216,13 +2474,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1517 +#: using-d-i.xml:1772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -2238,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1527 +#: using-d-i.xml:1782 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -2251,7 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1535 +#: using-d-i.xml:1790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -2259,13 +2517,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1542 +#: using-d-i.xml:1797 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -2273,13 +2531,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1549 +#: using-d-i.xml:1804 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2290,13 +2548,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1558 +#: using-d-i.xml:1813 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -2313,7 +2571,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1825 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -2329,13 +2587,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1842 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1589 +#: using-d-i.xml:1844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -2360,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1605 +#: using-d-i.xml:1860 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -2375,13 +2633,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1617 +#: using-d-i.xml:1872 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1619 +#: using-d-i.xml:1874 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -2397,13 +2655,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1634 +#: using-d-i.xml:1889 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1636 +#: using-d-i.xml:1891 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -2429,13 +2687,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1913 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1659 +#: using-d-i.xml:1914 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -2446,13 +2704,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1668 +#: using-d-i.xml:1923 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1669 +#: using-d-i.xml:1924 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -2465,13 +2723,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1679 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1935 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -2484,13 +2742,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1692 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1693 +#: using-d-i.xml:1948 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -2501,13 +2759,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:1703 +#: using-d-i.xml:1958 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1704 +#: using-d-i.xml:1959 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -2520,13 +2778,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1724 +#: using-d-i.xml:1979 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1725 +#: using-d-i.xml:1980 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI Indys is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -2566,13 +2824,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1744 +#: using-d-i.xml:1999 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2000 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -2580,13 +2838,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1753 +#: using-d-i.xml:2008 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1754 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -2595,13 +2853,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1831 +#: using-d-i.xml:2017 using-d-i.xml:2086 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:2018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2609,13 +2867,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1771 +#: using-d-i.xml:2026 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:2027 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -2625,13 +2883,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:2048 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1794 +#: using-d-i.xml:2049 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be " @@ -2657,13 +2915,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2068 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is " @@ -2673,20 +2931,20 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>3</userinput>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:2077 #, no-c-format msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1823 +#: using-d-i.xml:2078 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed" msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2087 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> " @@ -2694,13 +2952,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:1840 +#: using-d-i.xml:2095 #, no-c-format msgid "name" msgstr "name" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1841 +#: using-d-i.xml:2096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</" @@ -2710,7 +2968,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1851 +#: using-d-i.xml:2106 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the " @@ -2720,19 +2978,19 @@ msgstr "" "預設的開機設定，但也可以用" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:1857 +#: using-d-i.xml:2112 #, no-c-format msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2122 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:2123 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -2750,13 +3008,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1886 +#: using-d-i.xml:2141 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1887 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -2770,13 +3028,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2158 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1904 +#: using-d-i.xml:2159 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -2791,13 +3049,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2176 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1923 +#: using-d-i.xml:2178 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -2825,13 +3083,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1948 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:2205 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -2847,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1959 +#: using-d-i.xml:2214 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -2866,27 +3124,27 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1976 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Finishing the First Stage" -msgstr "完成第一階段" +#: using-d-i.xml:2231 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +msgid "Finishing the Installation" +msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1977 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2232 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new Debian. It mostly " +"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly " "consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1989 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2246 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will " @@ -2898,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1998 +#: using-d-i.xml:2253 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item " @@ -2911,13 +3169,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2012 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2013 +#: using-d-i.xml:2268 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -2928,44 +3186,44 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2026 +#: using-d-i.xml:2281 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2028 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2283 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " "installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/" -"debian-installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." +"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" "如果安裝成功，安裝過程中建立的記錄檔會被自動儲存到您新的 Debian 系統上的 " "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2035 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:2290 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " -"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk<phrase condition=\"etch" -"\">, network, hard disk, or other media</phrase>. This can be useful if you " -"encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs " -"on another system or attach them to an installation report." +"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or " +"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the " +"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to " +"an installation report." msgstr "" "從主選單上選擇<guimenuitem>儲存儲存 debug logs</guimenuitem>允許您將記錄檔保" "存到軟碟上。這用於安裝過程中遭遇嚴重錯誤的時，您想在其它系統上研究記錄，或者" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2056 +#: using-d-i.xml:2310 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2059 +#: using-d-i.xml:2313 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If " @@ -2986,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ash</command>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2071 +#: using-d-i.xml:2325 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -3002,7 +3260,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2080 +#: using-d-i.xml:2334 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do — the shell " @@ -3020,13 +3278,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> 指令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2099 +#: using-d-i.xml:2353 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2101 +#: using-d-i.xml:2355 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -3038,7 +3296,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2111 +#: using-d-i.xml:2365 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -3052,7 +3310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2124 +#: using-d-i.xml:2378 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -3060,7 +3318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2129 +#: using-d-i.xml:2383 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -3074,7 +3332,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2141 +#: using-d-i.xml:2395 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -3083,7 +3341,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2147 +#: using-d-i.xml:2401 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -3102,7 +3360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2418 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -3114,7 +3372,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2173 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -3127,7 +3385,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2183 +#: using-d-i.xml:2437 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -3138,7 +3396,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2191 +#: using-d-i.xml:2445 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not " @@ -3146,13 +3404,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2206 +#: using-d-i.xml:2460 #, no-c-format msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;" msgstr "在 &d-i; 下執行 <command>base-config</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2208 +#: using-d-i.xml:2462 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage installer " @@ -3163,3 +3421,160 @@ msgstr "" "設定基本系統也可以在安裝程式的第一階段完成 (在從硬碟啟動之前)，在 " "<firstterm>chroot</firstterm> 環境下執行 <command>base-config</command>。這主" "要是用來測試安裝程式，絕大多數的使用者應該避免使用。" + +#~ msgid "languagechooser" +#~ msgstr "languagechooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will " +#~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that " +#~ "language is not complete. When a translation is not complete, English " +#~ "messages are shown." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "顯示語言與方言的列表。除非選中的語言沒有被翻譯，安裝程式將以您選擇的語言顯" +#~ "示資訊。對於沒有翻譯的語言，將顯示英文資訊。" + +#~ msgid "countrychooser" +#~ msgstr "countrychooser" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in." +#~ msgstr "顯示國家列表。使用者可以選擇自己生活的國家。" + +#~ msgid "base-config" +#~ msgstr "base-config" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to " +#~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it " +#~ "is the <quote>first run</quote> of the new Debian system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "根據使用者喜好提供設定系統軟體套件的對話框。它通常在新 Debian 系統<quote>" +#~ "首次運行</quote>時工作。" + +#~ msgid "bugreporter" +#~ msgstr "bugreporter" + +#~ msgid "Language selection" +#~ msgstr "選擇語言" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As the first step of the installation, select the language in which you " +#~ "want the installation process to proceed. The language names are listed " +#~ "in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the " +#~ "names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the " +#~ "language. The list is sorted on the English names." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安裝的第一步，選擇您希望安裝過程使用的語言。語言列表使用英文 (左側) 和該語" +#~ "言本身 (右側) 顯示﹔右側的語言可以用正確的形態表現出來。該列表以英文名稱排" +#~ "序。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation " +#~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If " +#~ "no valid translation is available for the selected language, the " +#~ "installer will default to English. The selected language will also be " +#~ "used to help select a suitable keyboard layout." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "您選擇的語言將用於接下來的安裝過程，對話框已經有各種語言翻譯的版本。如果選" +#~ "擇的語言沒有對應翻譯的版本，安裝將預設使用英文。選擇的語言也將助於選擇一個" +#~ "合適的鍵盤配置。" + +#~ msgid "Country selection" +#~ msgstr "選擇國家" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you selected a language in <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/> which has " +#~ "more than one country associated with it (true for Chinese, English, " +#~ "French, and many other languages), you can specify the country here. If " +#~ "you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, " +#~ "you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "如果您選擇的語言 <xref linkend=\"lang-chooser\"/>與多個國家關聯 (存在於中" +#~ "文，英文，法文，以及其它語言)，您可以在這裡選擇國家。如果您選擇列表底部的 " +#~ "<guimenuitem>其它</guimenuitem>，您將看到按各洲分組的全部國家。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This selection will be used later in the installation process to pick the " +#~ "default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " +#~ "location. If the defaults proposed by the installer are not suitable, you " +#~ "can make a different choice. The selected country, together with the " +#~ "selected language, may also affect locale settings for your new Debian " +#~ "system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在安裝過程的後面，這個選項還會被用於設定預設的時區和您所處地理位置的 " +#~ "Debian 鏡像站。如果安裝程式預設的建議不合適，您可以做其它選擇。選擇國家，" +#~ "還有選擇語言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設定。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing " +#~ "LVM data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. On this particular hardware, " +#~ "the above procedure for creating physical volumes and volume groups will " +#~ "not work. There is a good workaround for this limitation, provided you " +#~ "are familiar with the underlying LVM tools." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬體上，還沒有一個被廣為接受的標準以存放 LVM 資料" +#~ "到分割區上。在這種硬體上，將不能執行以上建立物理容量和容量群組的步驟。假如" +#~ "您熟悉底層的 LVM 工具，有一種突破這種限制的方法。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To install using logical volumes on Power Macintosh hardware you should " +#~ "create all the disk partitions for your logical volumes as usual. In the " +#~ "<guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu you should choose " +#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Do Not Use</" +#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> for these partitions (you will not be offered " +#~ "the option to use the partition as a physical volume). When you are done " +#~ "with creating all your partitions, you should start the logical volume " +#~ "manager as usual. However, since no physical volumes have been created " +#~ "you must now access the command shell available on the second virtual " +#~ "terminal (see <xref linkend=\"shell\"/>) and create them manually." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "為了在 Power Macintosh 硬體上安裝使用邏輯容量，您應該按通常方式建立所有的" +#~ "磁碟分區。在 <guimenu>分割區設定：</guimenu>選單裡，您應該選擇 " +#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>用途：</guimenu> <guimenuitem>不使用</guimenuitem></" +#~ "menuchoice>對那些分割區 (您將不會被要求使用這些分割區作為物理容量)。當您建" +#~ "立完所有的分割區，您可以正常啟動邏輯容量管理員。然而，因為沒有建立物理容" +#~ "量，您現在必須透過第二虛擬終端機打開命令介殼 (參閱 <xref linkend=\"shell" +#~ "\"/>) 並且手動建立它們。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Use the <command>pvcreate</command> command at the shell command prompt " +#~ "to create a physical volume on each of your chosen partitions. Then use " +#~ "the <command>vgcreate</command> command to create each volume group you " +#~ "want. You can safely ignore any errors about incorrect metadata area " +#~ "header checksums and fsync failures while doing this. When you have " +#~ "finished creating all your volume groups, you should go back to the first " +#~ "virtual terminal and skip directly to the <command>lvmcfg</command> menu " +#~ "items for logical volume management. You will see your volume groups and " +#~ "you can create the logical volumes you need as usual." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在命令列提示符號下使用 <command>pvcreate</command> 指令為您選擇的分割區建" +#~ "立物理容量。然後使用 <command>vgcreate</command> 指令建立您需要的容量群" +#~ "組。在此過程中，您可以安全地忽略有關 incorrect metadata area header " +#~ "checksums 和 fsync failures 這些錯誤資訊。當您建立完所有的容量群組，您可以" +#~ "返回到第一虛擬終端，然後直接跳到 <command>lvmcfg</command> 邏輯容量管理選" +#~ "單項。您將看到容量群組，並可以像平常那樣建立邏輯容量。" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is no widely accepted standard to identify partitions containing " +#~ "RAID data on Apple Power Macintosh hardware. This means that &d-i; " +#~ "currently does not support setting up RAID on this platform." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "在 Apple Power Macintosh 硬體上，還沒有一個被廣為接受的標準以存放 LVM 資料" +#~ "到分割區上。在這種硬體上，將不能執行以上建立物理容量和容量群組的步驟。假如" +#~ "您熟悉底層的 LVM 工具，有一種突破這種限制的方法。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The installer may fail to detect other operating systems if the " +#~ "partitions on which they reside are mounted when the detection takes " +#~ "place. This may occur if you select a mountpoint (e.g. /win) for a " +#~ "partition containing another operating system in <command>partman</" +#~ "command>, or if you have mounted partitions manually from a console." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "安裝程式偵測作業系統的時候，如果分割區已經掛載，偵測可能會失敗。這可能是由" +#~ "於您使用 <command>partman</command> 選擇的掛載點 (如 /win) 包含其他作業系" +#~ "統，或者透過控制台手動掛載一個分割區。" + +#~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage" +#~ msgstr "完成第一階段" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/welcome.po b/po/zh_TW/welcome.po index d517c06c1..e2cfcd926 100755 --- a/po/zh_TW/welcome.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/welcome.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2001-02-09 01:25+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-01-03 19:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 01:57+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -640,15 +640,16 @@ msgstr "描述如何啟動安裝系統。本章還將討論安裝過程中遇到 #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:443 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Perform the actual installation according to <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>. " "This involves choosing your language, configuring peripheral driver modules, " "configuring your network connection, so that remaining installation files " "can be obtained directly from a Debian server (if you are not installing " -"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of minimal " -"working system. (Some background about setting up the partitions for your " -"Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>.)" +"from a CD), partitioning your hard drives and installation of a base system, " +"then selection and installation of tasks. (Some background about setting up " +"the partitions for your Debian system is explained in <xref linkend=" +"\"partitioning\"/>.)" msgstr "" "請根據 <xref linkend=\"d-i-intro\"/>來進行真正的安裝動作。這其中涉及選擇語" "言、設定周邊設備的驅動模組、設定網路連接以從 Debian 伺服器上取得後續安裝檔案" @@ -657,22 +658,16 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: welcome.xml:456 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" -"Boot into your newly installed base system and run through some additional " -"configuration tasks, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>." +"Boot into your newly installed base system, from <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">." msgstr "" "啟動您新安裝的基本系統，然後執行一些額外的設置工作，請參考 <xref linkend=" "\"boot-new\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:462 -#, no-c-format -msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." -msgstr "安裝額外的軟體，請參考 <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>。" - -#. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:469 +#: welcome.xml:464 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've got your system installed, you can read <xref linkend=\"post-" @@ -683,7 +678,7 @@ msgstr "" "裡尋找更多有關 Unix 和 Debian 的資訊，以及如何更換您的核心。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:479 +#: welcome.xml:474 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Finally, information about this document and how to contribute to it may be " @@ -693,13 +688,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"administrivia\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:489 +#: welcome.xml:484 #, no-c-format msgid "Your Documentation Help is Welcome" msgstr "歡迎為此文件提供幫助" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:491 +#: welcome.xml:486 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any help, suggestions, and especially, patches, are greatly appreciated. " @@ -712,7 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" "對不同語言以及硬體架構的版本列表。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:498 +#: welcome.xml:493 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Source is also available publicly; look in <xref linkend=\"administrivia\"/> " @@ -725,13 +720,13 @@ msgstr "" "件為名提出臭蟲報告，但是請先檢查該問題是否已經被提出)。" #. Tag: title -#: welcome.xml:514 +#: welcome.xml:509 #, no-c-format msgid "About Copyrights and Software Licenses" msgstr "關於版權與軟體協議" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:517 +#: welcome.xml:512 #, no-c-format msgid "" "We're sure that you've read some of the licenses that come with most " @@ -752,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>的緣故。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:530 +#: welcome.xml:525 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Calling software <emphasis>free</emphasis> doesn't mean that the software " @@ -769,7 +764,7 @@ msgstr "" "必須以該形式發佈。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:541 +#: welcome.xml:536 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The Debian project, as a pragmatic concession to its users, does make some " @@ -781,14 +776,14 @@ msgid "" "archives</quote>, for more information about the layout and contents of the " "archives." msgstr "" -"Debian 計畫考慮到對使用者的實用性，也有不符合我們自由規範的軟體套件存在。這些軟體" -"套件不屬於官方發行套件，只存在於 <userinput>contrib</userinput> 或 " +"Debian 計畫考慮到對使用者的實用性，也有不符合我們自由規範的軟體套件存在。這些" +"軟體套件不屬於官方發行套件，只存在於 <userinput>contrib</userinput> 或 " "<userinput>non-free</userinput> Debian 鏡像區域或者第三方的光碟中，請參閱 " "<ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian 常見問答集</ulink>的 <quote>The " "Debian FTP archives</quote> 章節以瞭解更多關於檔案庫佈局和內容的資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:555 +#: welcome.xml:550 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Many of the programs in the system are licensed under the <emphasis>GNU</" @@ -813,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統中取得。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:574 +#: welcome.xml:569 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several other forms of copyright statements and software licenses " @@ -828,7 +823,7 @@ msgstr "" "體套件安裝到系統後就存在了。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:584 +#: welcome.xml:579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For more information about licenses and how Debian determines whether " @@ -839,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-dfsg;\">Debian 自由軟軟體準則</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: welcome.xml:590 +#: welcome.xml:585 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The most important legal notice is that this software comes with " @@ -855,6 +850,9 @@ msgstr "" "的，您可以修改此軟體以使其能適用於您的需要 — 並享用其他人透過這種途徑擴" "充修改後的成果。" +#~ msgid "Install additional software in <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>." +#~ msgstr "安裝額外的軟體，請參考 <xref linkend=\"install-packages\"/>。" + #~ msgid "" #~ "For information on how to locate, unpack, and build binaries from Debian " #~ "source packages, see the <ulink url=\"&url-debian-faq;\">Debian FAQ</" |